]> git.saurik.com Git - apt.git/blob - doc/po/apt-doc.pot
split up help messages for simpler reuse
[apt.git] / doc / po / apt-doc.pot
1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-doc package.
4 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
5 #
6 #, fuzzy
7 msgid ""
8 msgstr ""
9 "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.1~exp14\n"
10 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n"
11 "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-22 16:34+0200\n"
12 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
13 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
14 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
15 "Language: \n"
16 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
19
20 #. type: Plain text
21 #: apt.ent:1
22 #, no-wrap
23 msgid ""
24 "<!ENTITY apt-author.team \"\n"
25 " <author>\n"
26 " <othername>APT team</othername>\n"
27 " <contrib></contrib>\n"
28 " </author>\n"
29 "\">\n"
30 msgstr ""
31
32 #. type: Plain text
33 #: apt.ent:1
34 #, no-wrap
35 msgid ""
36 "<!ENTITY apt-qapage \"\n"
37 "\t<para>\n"
38 "\t\t<ulink url='http://packages.qa.debian.org/a/apt.html'>QA Page</ulink>\n"
39 "\t</para>\n"
40 "\">\n"
41 msgstr ""
42
43 #. type: Plain text
44 #: apt.ent:1
45 #, no-wrap
46 msgid ""
47 "<!-- Boiler plate Bug reporting section -->\n"
48 "<!ENTITY manbugs \"\n"
49 " <refsect1><title>Bugs</title>\n"
50 " <para><ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/src:apt'>APT bug page</ulink>.\n"
51 " If you wish to report a bug in APT, please see\n"
52 " <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt</filename> or the\n"
53 " &reportbug; command.\n"
54 " </para>\n"
55 " </refsect1>\n"
56 "\">\n"
57 msgstr ""
58
59 #. type: Plain text
60 #: apt.ent:1
61 #, no-wrap
62 msgid ""
63 "<!-- Boiler plate Author section -->\n"
64 "<!ENTITY manauthor \"\n"
65 " <refsect1><title>Author</title>\n"
66 " <para>APT was written by the APT team "
67 "<email>apt@packages.debian.org</email>.\n"
68 " </para>\n"
69 " </refsect1>\n"
70 "\">\n"
71 msgstr ""
72
73 #. type: Plain text
74 #: apt.ent:1
75 #, no-wrap
76 msgid ""
77 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
78 " put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
79 "<!ENTITY apt-commonoptions \"\n"
80 " <varlistentry><term><option>-h</option></term>\n"
81 " <term><option>--help</option></term>\n"
82 " <listitem><para>Show a short usage summary.\n"
83 " </para>\n"
84 " </listitem>\n"
85 " </varlistentry>\n"
86 msgstr ""
87
88 #. type: Plain text
89 #: apt.ent:1
90 #, no-wrap
91 msgid ""
92 " <varlistentry>\n"
93 " <term><option>-v</option></term>\n"
94 " <term><option>--version</option></term>\n"
95 " <listitem><para>Show the program version.\n"
96 " </para>\n"
97 " </listitem>\n"
98 " </varlistentry>\n"
99 msgstr ""
100
101 #. type: Plain text
102 #: apt.ent:1
103 #, no-wrap
104 msgid ""
105 " <varlistentry>\n"
106 " <term><option>-c</option></term>\n"
107 " <term><option>--config-file</option></term>\n"
108 " <listitem><para>Configuration File; Specify a configuration file to "
109 "use. \n"
110 " The program will read the default configuration file and then this \n"
111 " configuration file. If configuration settings need to be set before "
112 "the\n"
113 " default configuration files are parsed specify a file with the "
114 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>\n"
115 " environment variable. See &apt-conf; for syntax information.\n"
116 " </para>\n"
117 " </listitem>\n"
118 " </varlistentry>\n"
119 msgstr ""
120
121 #. type: Plain text
122 #: apt.ent:1
123 #, no-wrap
124 msgid ""
125 " <varlistentry>\n"
126 " <term><option>-o</option></term>\n"
127 " <term><option>--option</option></term>\n"
128 " <listitem><para>Set a Configuration Option; This will set an "
129 "arbitrary\n"
130 " configuration option. The syntax is <option>-o "
131 "Foo::Bar=bar</option>.\n"
132 " <option>-o</option> and <option>--option</option> can be used "
133 "multiple\n"
134 " times to set different options.\n"
135 " </para>\n"
136 " </listitem>\n"
137 " </varlistentry>\n"
138 "\">\n"
139 msgstr ""
140
141 #. type: Plain text
142 #: apt.ent:1
143 #, no-wrap
144 msgid ""
145 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
146 " put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
147 "<!ENTITY apt-cmdblurb \"\n"
148 " <para>All command line options may be set using the configuration file, "
149 "the\n"
150 " descriptions indicate the configuration option to set. For boolean\n"
151 " options you can override the config file by using something like \n"
152 " <option>-f-</option>,<option>--no-f</option>, <option>-f=no</option>\n"
153 " or several other variations.\n"
154 " </para>\n"
155 "\">\n"
156 msgstr ""
157
158 #. type: Plain text
159 #: apt.ent:1
160 #, no-wrap
161 msgid ""
162 "<!ENTITY file-aptconf \"\n"
163 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename></term>\n"
164 " <listitem><para>APT configuration file.\n"
165 " Configuration Item: "
166 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Main</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
167 " </varlistentry>\n"
168 msgstr ""
169
170 #. type: Plain text
171 #: apt.ent:1
172 #, no-wrap
173 msgid ""
174 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/</filename></term>\n"
175 " <listitem><para>APT configuration file fragments.\n"
176 " Configuration Item: "
177 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
178 " </varlistentry>\n"
179 "\">\n"
180 msgstr ""
181
182 #. type: Plain text
183 #: apt.ent:1
184 #, no-wrap
185 msgid ""
186 "<!ENTITY file-cachearchives \"\n"
187 " <varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename></term>\n"
188 " <listitem><para>Storage area for retrieved package files.\n"
189 " Configuration Item: "
190 "<literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
191 " </varlistentry>\n"
192 msgstr ""
193
194 #. type: Plain text
195 #: apt.ent:1
196 #, no-wrap
197 msgid ""
198 " "
199 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename></term>\n"
200 " <listitem><para>Storage area for package files in transit.\n"
201 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal> "
202 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
203 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
204 " </varlistentry>\n"
205 "\">\n"
206 msgstr ""
207
208 #. type: Plain text
209 #: apt.ent:1
210 #, no-wrap
211 msgid ""
212 "<!ENTITY file-preferences \"\n"
213 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename></term>\n"
214 " <listitem><para>Version preferences file.\n"
215 " This is where you would specify &quot;pinning&quot;,\n"
216 " i.e. a preference to get certain packages\n"
217 " from a separate source\n"
218 " or from a different version of a distribution.\n"
219 " Configuration Item: "
220 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Preferences</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
221 " </varlistentry>\n"
222 msgstr ""
223
224 #. type: Plain text
225 #: apt.ent:1
226 #, no-wrap
227 msgid ""
228 " "
229 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename></term>\n"
230 " <listitem><para>File fragments for the version preferences.\n"
231 " Configuration Item: "
232 "<literal>Dir::Etc::PreferencesParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
233 " </varlistentry>\n"
234 "\">\n"
235 msgstr ""
236
237 #. type: Plain text
238 #: apt.ent:1
239 #, no-wrap
240 msgid ""
241 "<!ENTITY file-sourceslist \"\n"
242 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename></term>\n"
243 " <listitem><para>Locations to fetch packages from.\n"
244 " Configuration Item: "
245 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceList</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
246 " </varlistentry>\n"
247 msgstr ""
248
249 #. type: Plain text
250 #: apt.ent:1
251 #, no-wrap
252 msgid ""
253 " "
254 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename></term>\n"
255 " <listitem><para>File fragments for locations to fetch packages from.\n"
256 " Configuration Item: "
257 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
258 " </varlistentry>\n"
259 "\">\n"
260 msgstr ""
261
262 #. type: Plain text
263 #: apt.ent:1
264 #, no-wrap
265 msgid ""
266 "<!ENTITY file-statelists \"\n"
267 " <varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/</filename></term>\n"
268 " <listitem><para>Storage area for state information for each package "
269 "resource specified in\n"
270 " &sources-list;\n"
271 " Configuration Item: "
272 "<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
273 " </varlistentry>\n"
274 msgstr ""
275
276 #. type: Plain text
277 #: apt.ent:1
278 #, no-wrap
279 msgid ""
280 " "
281 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/partial/</filename></term>\n"
282 " <listitem><para>Storage area for state information in transit.\n"
283 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> "
284 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
285 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
286 " </varlistentry>\n"
287 "\">\n"
288 msgstr ""
289
290 #. type: Plain text
291 #: apt.ent:1
292 #, no-wrap
293 msgid ""
294 "<!ENTITY file-trustedgpg \"\n"
295 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename></term>\n"
296 " <listitem><para>Keyring of local trusted keys, new keys will be added "
297 "here.\n"
298 " Configuration Item: "
299 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Trusted</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
300 " </varlistentry>\n"
301 msgstr ""
302
303 #. type: Plain text
304 #: apt.ent:1
305 #, no-wrap
306 msgid ""
307 " "
308 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename></term>\n"
309 " <listitem><para>File fragments for the trusted keys, additional "
310 "keyrings can\n"
311 " be stored here (by other packages or the administrator).\n"
312 " Configuration Item "
313 "<literal>Dir::Etc::TrustedParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
314 " </varlistentry>\n"
315 "\">\n"
316 msgstr ""
317
318 #. type: Plain text
319 #: apt.ent:1
320 #, no-wrap
321 msgid ""
322 "<!ENTITY file-extended_states \"\n"
323 " "
324 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/var/lib/apt/extended_states</filename></term>\n"
325 " <listitem><para>Status list of auto-installed packages.\n"
326 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::extended_states</literal>.\n"
327 " </para></listitem>\n"
328 " </varlistentry>\n"
329 "\">\n"
330 msgstr ""
331
332 #. type: Plain text
333 #: apt.ent:1
334 #, no-wrap
335 msgid ""
336 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is the section header for the following paragraphs - "
337 "comparable\n"
338 " to the other headers like NAME and DESCRIPTION and should therefore be "
339 "uppercase. -->\n"
340 "<!ENTITY translation-title \"TRANSLATION\">\n"
341 msgstr ""
342
343 #. type: Plain text
344 #: apt.ent:1
345 #, no-wrap
346 msgid ""
347 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is a placeholder. You should write here who has "
348 "contributed\n"
349 " to the translation in the past, who is responsible now and maybe "
350 "further information\n"
351 " specially related to your translation. -->\n"
352 "<!ENTITY translation-holder \"\n"
353 " The english translation was done by John Doe "
354 "<email>john@doe.org</email> in 2009,\n"
355 " 2010 and Daniela Acme <email>daniela@acme.us</email> in 2010 together "
356 "with the\n"
357 " Debian Dummy l10n Team "
358 "<email>debian-l10n-dummy@lists.debian.org</email>.\n"
359 "\">\n"
360 msgstr ""
361
362 #. type: Plain text
363 #: apt.ent:1
364 #, no-wrap
365 msgid ""
366 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: As a translation is allowed to have 20% of "
367 "untranslated/fuzzy strings\n"
368 " in a shipped manpage newer/modified paragraphs will maybe appear in "
369 "english in\n"
370 " the generated manpage. This sentence is therefore here to tell the "
371 "reader that this\n"
372 " is not a mistake by the translator - obviously the target is that at "
373 "least for stable\n"
374 " releases this sentence is not needed. :) -->\n"
375 "<!ENTITY translation-english \"\n"
376 " Note that this translated document may contain untranslated parts.\n"
377 " This is done on purpose, to avoid losing content when the\n"
378 " translation is lagging behind the original content.\n"
379 "\">\n"
380 msgstr ""
381
382 #. type: Plain text
383 #: apt.ent:1
384 msgid ""
385 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string "
386 "e.g. -o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string "
387 "\"config_string\">"
388 msgstr ""
389
390 #. type: Plain text
391 #: apt.ent:1
392 msgid ""
393 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -c=config_file e.g. -c=./apt.conf --> <!ENTITY "
394 "synopsis-config-file \"config_file\">"
395 msgstr ""
396
397 #. type: Plain text
398 #: apt.ent:1
399 msgid ""
400 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release "
401 "e.g. -t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release "
402 "\"target_release\">"
403 msgstr ""
404
405 #. type: Plain text
406 #: apt.ent:1
407 msgid ""
408 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -a=architecture e.g. -a=armel --> <!ENTITY "
409 "synopsis-architecture \"architecture\">"
410 msgstr ""
411
412 #. type: Plain text
413 #: apt.ent:1
414 msgid ""
415 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-get install pkg e.g. apt-get install awesome "
416 "--> <!ENTITY synopsis-pkg \"pkg\">"
417 msgstr ""
418
419 #. type: Plain text
420 #: apt.ent:1
421 msgid ""
422 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in pkg=pkg_version_number e.g. apt=0.8.15 --> "
423 "<!ENTITY synopsis-pkg-ver-number \"pkg_version_number\">"
424 msgstr ""
425
426 #. type: Plain text
427 #: apt.ent:1
428 msgid ""
429 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache pkgnames prefix e.g. apt-cache "
430 "pkgnames apt --> <!ENTITY synopsis-prefix \"prefix\">"
431 msgstr ""
432
433 #. type: Plain text
434 #: apt.ent:1
435 msgid ""
436 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache search regex e.g. apt-cache search "
437 "awesome --> <!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regex\">"
438 msgstr ""
439
440 #. type: Plain text
441 #: apt.ent:1
442 msgid ""
443 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom "
444 "-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">"
445 msgstr ""
446
447 #. type: Plain text
448 #: apt.ent:1
449 msgid ""
450 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates -t=temporary_directory "
451 "e.g. apt-extracttemplates -t=/tmp --> <!ENTITY synopsis-tmp-directory "
452 "\"temporary_directory\">"
453 msgstr ""
454
455 #. type: Plain text
456 #: apt.ent:1
457 msgid ""
458 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates filename --> <!ENTITY "
459 "synopsis-filename \"filename\">"
460 msgstr ""
461
462 #. type: Plain text
463 #: apt.ent:1
464 msgid ""
465 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
466 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-path \"path\">"
467 msgstr ""
468
469 #. type: Plain text
470 #: apt.ent:1
471 msgid ""
472 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
473 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-override "
474 "\"override-file\">"
475 msgstr ""
476
477 #. type: Plain text
478 #: apt.ent:1
479 msgid ""
480 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
481 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-pathprefix "
482 "\"pathprefix\">"
483 msgstr ""
484
485 #. type: Plain text
486 #: apt.ent:1
487 msgid ""
488 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
489 "generate section --> <!ENTITY synopsis-section \"section\">"
490 msgstr ""
491
492 #. type: Plain text
493 #: apt.ent:1
494 msgid ""
495 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-key export keyid e.g. apt-key export "
496 "473041FA --> <!ENTITY synopsis-keyid \"keyid\">"
497 msgstr ""
498
499 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
500 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
501 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
502 msgid "8"
503 msgstr ""
504
505 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
506 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
507 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
508 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
509 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
510 msgid "APT"
511 msgstr ""
512
513 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
514 #: apt.8.xml:1
515 msgid "command-line interface"
516 msgstr ""
517
518 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
519 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
520 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
521 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
522 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
523 msgid "Description"
524 msgstr ""
525
526 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
527 #: apt.8.xml:1
528 msgid ""
529 "<command>apt</command> provides a high-level commandline interface for the "
530 "package management system. It is intended as an end user interface and "
531 "enables some options better suited for interactive usage by default compared "
532 "to more specialized APT tools like &apt-get; and &apt-cache;."
533 msgstr ""
534
535 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
536 #: apt.8.xml:1
537 msgid ""
538 "Much like <command>apt</command> itself, its manpage is intended as an end "
539 "user interface and as such only mentions the most used commands and options "
540 "partly to not duplicate information in multiple places and partly to avoid "
541 "overwelming readers with a cornucopia of options and details."
542 msgstr ""
543
544 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
545 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
546 msgid "(&apt-get;)"
547 msgstr ""
548
549 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
550 #: apt.8.xml:1
551 msgid ""
552 "<option>update</option> is used to download package information from all "
553 "configured sources. Other commands operate on this data to e.g. perform "
554 "package upgrades or search in and display details about all packages "
555 "available for installation."
556 msgstr ""
557
558 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
559 #: apt.8.xml:1
560 msgid ""
561 "<option>upgrade</option> is used to install available upgrades of all "
562 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources configured via "
563 "&sources-list;. New packages will be installed if required to statisfy "
564 "dependencies, but existing packages will never be removed. If an upgrade for "
565 "a package requires the remove of an installed package the upgrade for this "
566 "package isn't performed."
567 msgstr ""
568
569 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
570 #: apt.8.xml:1
571 msgid ""
572 "<literal>full-upgrade</literal> performs the function of upgrade but will "
573 "remove currently installed packages if this is needed to upgrade the system "
574 "as a whole."
575 msgstr ""
576
577 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
578 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
579 msgid ","
580 msgstr ""
581
582 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
583 #: apt.8.xml:1
584 msgid ""
585 "Performs the requested action on one or more packages specified via &regex;, "
586 "&glob; or exact match. The requested action can be overidden for specific "
587 "packages by append a plus (+) to the package name to install this package or "
588 "a minus (-) to remove it."
589 msgstr ""
590
591 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
592 #: apt.8.xml:1
593 msgid ""
594 "A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
595 "following the package name with an equals (=) and the version of the package "
596 "to select. Alternatively the version from a specific release can be selected "
597 "by following the package name with a forward slash (/) and codename "
598 "(&stable-codename;, &testing-codename;, sid …) or suite name (stable, "
599 "testing, unstable). This will also select versions from this release for "
600 "dependencies of this package if needed to satisfy the request."
601 msgstr ""
602
603 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
604 #: apt.8.xml:1
605 msgid ""
606 "Removing a package removes all packaged data, but leaves usually small "
607 "(modified) user configuration files behind, in case the remove was an "
608 "accident. Just issuing an installtion request for the accidently removed "
609 "package will restore it funcation as before in that case. On the other hand "
610 "you can get right of these leftovers via calling <command>purge</command> "
611 "even on already removed packages. Note that this does not effect any data "
612 "or configuration stored in your home directory."
613 msgstr ""
614
615 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
616 #: apt.8.xml:1
617 msgid ""
618 "<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
619 "automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
620 "now no longer needed as dependencies changed or the package(s) needing them "
621 "were removed in the meantime."
622 msgstr ""
623
624 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
625 #: apt.8.xml:1
626 msgid ""
627 "Try to ensure that the list does not include applications you have grown to "
628 "like even through they there once installed just as a dependency of another "
629 "package. You can mark such a package as manually installed by using "
630 "&apt-mark;. Packages which you have installed explicitly via "
631 "<command>install</command> are never proposed for automatic removal as well."
632 msgstr ""
633
634 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
635 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
636 msgid "(&apt-cache;)"
637 msgstr ""
638
639 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
640 #: apt.8.xml:1
641 msgid ""
642 "<option>search</option> can be used to search for the given &regex; term(s) "
643 "in the list of the available packages and display matches. This can e.g. be "
644 "useful if you are looking for packages having a specific feature. If you "
645 "are looking for a package including a specific file try &apt-file;."
646 msgstr ""
647
648 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
649 #: apt.8.xml:1
650 msgid ""
651 "Show information about the given package(s) including its dependencies, "
652 "installation and download size, sources the package is available from, the "
653 "description of the packages content and many more. It can e.g. be helpful to "
654 "look at this information before allowing &apt; to remove a package or while "
655 "searching for new packages to install."
656 msgstr ""
657
658 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
659 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
660 msgid "(work-in-progress)"
661 msgstr ""
662
663 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
664 #: apt.8.xml:1
665 msgid ""
666 "<option>list</option> is somewhat similar to <command>dpkg-query "
667 "--list</command> in that it can display a list of packages satisfying "
668 "certain criteria. It supports &glob; patterns for matching package names as "
669 "well as options to list installed (<option>--installed</option>), "
670 "upgradeable (<option>--upgradeable</option>) or all available "
671 "(<option>--all-versions</option>) versions."
672 msgstr ""
673
674 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
675 #: apt.8.xml:1
676 msgid ""
677 "<literal>edit-sources</literal> lets you edit your &sources-list; files in "
678 "your preferred texteditor while also providing basic sanity checks."
679 msgstr ""
680
681 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
682 #: apt.8.xml:1
683 msgid "Script usage and Differences to other APT tools"
684 msgstr ""
685
686 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
687 #: apt.8.xml:1
688 msgid ""
689 "The &apt; commandline is designed as a end-user tool and it may change "
690 "behaviour between versions. While it tries to not break backward "
691 "compatibility there is no guarantee for it either if it seems benefitial for "
692 "interactive use."
693 msgstr ""
694
695 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
696 #: apt.8.xml:1
697 msgid ""
698 "All features of &apt; are available in dedicated APT tools like &apt-get; "
699 "and &apt-cache; as well. &apt; just changes the default value of some "
700 "options (see &apt-conf; and specifically the Binary scope). So prefer using "
701 "these commands (potentially with some additional options enabled) in your "
702 "scripts as they keep backward compatibility as much as possible."
703 msgstr ""
704
705 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
706 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
707 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
708 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
709 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
710 msgid "See Also"
711 msgstr ""
712
713 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
714 #: apt.8.xml:1
715 msgid ""
716 "&apt-get;, &apt-cache;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, The APT "
717 "User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the APT Howto."
718 msgstr ""
719
720 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
721 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
722 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
723 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
724 msgid "Diagnostics"
725 msgstr ""
726
727 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
728 #: apt.8.xml:1
729 msgid ""
730 "<command>apt</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
731 "error."
732 msgstr ""
733
734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
735 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
736 msgid "APT package handling utility -- command-line interface"
737 msgstr ""
738
739 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
740 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
741 msgid ""
742 "<command>apt-get</command> is the command-line tool for handling packages, "
743 "and may be considered the user's \"back-end\" to other tools using the APT "
744 "library. Several \"front-end\" interfaces exist, such as &aptitude;, "
745 "&synaptic; and &wajig;."
746 msgstr ""
747
748 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
749 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
750 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
751 msgid ""
752 "Unless the <option>-h</option>, or <option>--help</option> option is given, "
753 "one of the commands below must be present."
754 msgstr ""
755
756 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
757 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
758 msgid ""
759 "<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
760 "from their sources. The indexes of available packages are fetched from the "
761 "location(s) specified in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. For "
762 "example, when using a Debian archive, this command retrieves and scans the "
763 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename> files, so that information about new and "
764 "updated packages is available. An <literal>update</literal> should always be "
765 "performed before an <literal>upgrade</literal> or "
766 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Please be aware that the overall progress "
767 "meter will be incorrect as the size of the package files cannot be known in "
768 "advance."
769 msgstr ""
770
771 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
772 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
773 msgid ""
774 "<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
775 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
776 "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Packages currently installed "
777 "with new versions available are retrieved and upgraded; under no "
778 "circumstances are currently installed packages removed, or packages not "
779 "already installed retrieved and installed. New versions of currently "
780 "installed packages that cannot be upgraded without changing the install "
781 "status of another package will be left at their current version. An "
782 "<literal>update</literal> must be performed first so that "
783 "<command>apt-get</command> knows that new versions of packages are "
784 "available."
785 msgstr ""
786
787 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
788 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
789 msgid ""
790 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> in addition to performing the function of "
791 "<literal>upgrade</literal>, also intelligently handles changing dependencies "
792 "with new versions of packages; <command>apt-get</command> has a \"smart\" "
793 "conflict resolution system, and it will attempt to upgrade the most "
794 "important packages at the expense of less important ones if necessary. The "
795 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> command may therefore remove some packages. "
796 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file contains a list of "
797 "locations from which to retrieve desired package files. See also "
798 "&apt-preferences; for a mechanism for overriding the general settings for "
799 "individual packages."
800 msgstr ""
801
802 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
803 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
804 msgid ""
805 "<literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> is used in conjunction with the "
806 "traditional Debian packaging front-end, "
807 "&dselect;. <literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> follows the changes made by "
808 "&dselect; to the <literal>Status</literal> field of available packages, and "
809 "performs the actions necessary to realize that state (for instance, the "
810 "removal of old and the installation of new packages)."
811 msgstr ""
812
813 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
814 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
815 msgid ""
816 "<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more packages desired for "
817 "installation or upgrading. Each package is a package name, not a fully "
818 "qualified filename (for instance, in a Debian system, "
819 "<package>apt-utils</package> would be the argument provided, not "
820 "<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;_amd64.deb</filename>). All "
821 "packages required by the package(s) specified for installation will also be "
822 "retrieved and installed. The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
823 "file is used to locate the desired packages. If a hyphen is appended to the "
824 "package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
825 "removed if it is installed. Similarly a plus sign can be used to designate "
826 "a package to install. These latter features may be used to override "
827 "decisions made by apt-get's conflict resolution system."
828 msgstr ""
829
830 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
831 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
832 msgid ""
833 "A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
834 "following the package name with an equals and the version of the package to "
835 "select. This will cause that version to be located and selected for "
836 "install. Alternatively a specific distribution can be selected by following "
837 "the package name with a slash and the version of the distribution or the "
838 "Archive name (stable, testing, unstable)."
839 msgstr ""
840
841 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
842 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
843 msgid ""
844 "Both of the version selection mechanisms can downgrade packages and must be "
845 "used with care."
846 msgstr ""
847
848 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
849 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
850 msgid ""
851 "This is also the target to use if you want to upgrade one or more "
852 "already-installed packages without upgrading every package you have on your "
853 "system. Unlike the \"upgrade\" target, which installs the newest version of "
854 "all currently installed packages, \"install\" will install the newest "
855 "version of only the package(s) specified. Simply provide the name of the "
856 "package(s) you wish to upgrade, and if a newer version is available, it (and "
857 "its dependencies, as described above) will be downloaded and installed."
858 msgstr ""
859
860 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
861 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
862 msgid ""
863 "Finally, the &apt-preferences; mechanism allows you to create an alternative "
864 "installation policy for individual packages."
865 msgstr ""
866
867 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
868 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
869 msgid ""
870 "If no package matches the given expression and the expression contains one "
871 "of '.', '?' or '*' then it is assumed to be a POSIX regular expression, and "
872 "it is applied to all package names in the database. Any matches are then "
873 "installed (or removed). Note that matching is done by substring so 'lo.*' "
874 "matches 'how-lo' and 'lowest'. If this is undesired, anchor the regular "
875 "expression with a '^' or '$' character, or create a more specific regular "
876 "expression."
877 msgstr ""
878
879 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
880 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
881 msgid ""
882 "<literal>remove</literal> is identical to <literal>install</literal> except "
883 "that packages are removed instead of installed. Note that removing a package "
884 "leaves its configuration files on the system. If a plus sign is appended to "
885 "the package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
886 "installed instead of removed."
887 msgstr ""
888
889 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
890 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
891 msgid ""
892 "<literal>purge</literal> is identical to <literal>remove</literal> except "
893 "that packages are removed and purged (any configuration files are deleted "
894 "too)."
895 msgstr ""
896
897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
898 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
899 msgid ""
900 "<literal>source</literal> causes <command>apt-get</command> to fetch source "
901 "packages. APT will examine the available packages to decide which source "
902 "package to fetch. It will then find and download into the current directory "
903 "the newest available version of that source package while respecting the "
904 "default release, set with the option "
905 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, the <option>-t</option> option or "
906 "per package with the <literal>pkg/release</literal> syntax, if possible."
907 msgstr ""
908
909 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
910 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
911 msgid ""
912 "Source packages are tracked separately from binary packages via "
913 "<literal>deb-src</literal> lines in the &sources-list; file. This means that "
914 "you will need to add such a line for each repository you want to get sources "
915 "from; otherwise you will probably get either the wrong (too old/too new) "
916 "source versions or none at all."
917 msgstr ""
918
919 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
920 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
921 msgid ""
922 "If the <option>--compile</option> option is specified then the package will "
923 "be compiled to a binary .deb using <command>dpkg-buildpackage</command> for "
924 "the architecture as defined by the <command>--host-architecture</command> "
925 "option. If <option>--download-only</option> is specified then the source "
926 "package will not be unpacked."
927 msgstr ""
928
929 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
930 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
931 msgid ""
932 "A specific source version can be retrieved by postfixing the source name "
933 "with an equals and then the version to fetch, similar to the mechanism used "
934 "for the package files. This enables exact matching of the source package "
935 "name and version, implicitly enabling the "
936 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal> option."
937 msgstr ""
938
939 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
940 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
941 msgid ""
942 "Note that source packages are not installed and tracked in the "
943 "<command>dpkg</command> database like binary packages; they are simply "
944 "downloaded to the current directory, like source tarballs."
945 msgstr ""
946
947 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
948 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
949 msgid ""
950 "<literal>build-dep</literal> causes apt-get to install/remove packages in an "
951 "attempt to satisfy the build dependencies for a source package. By default "
952 "the dependencies are satisfied to build the package natively. If desired a "
953 "host-architecture can be specified with the "
954 "<option>--host-architecture</option> option instead."
955 msgstr ""
956
957 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
958 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
959 msgid ""
960 "<literal>check</literal> is a diagnostic tool; it updates the package cache "
961 "and checks for broken dependencies."
962 msgstr ""
963
964 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
965 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
966 msgid ""
967 "<literal>download</literal> will download the given binary package into the "
968 "current directory."
969 msgstr ""
970
971 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
972 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
973 msgid ""
974 "<literal>clean</literal> clears out the local repository of retrieved "
975 "package files. It removes everything but the lock file from "
976 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename> and "
977 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename>."
978 msgstr ""
979
980 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
981 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
982 msgid "(and the"
983 msgstr ""
984
985 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
986 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
987 msgid "alias since 1.1)"
988 msgstr ""
989
990 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
991 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
992 msgid ""
993 "Like <literal>clean</literal>, <literal>autoclean</literal> clears out the "
994 "local repository of retrieved package files. The difference is that it only "
995 "removes package files that can no longer be downloaded, and are largely "
996 "useless. This allows a cache to be maintained over a long period without it "
997 "growing out of control. The configuration option "
998 "<literal>APT::Clean-Installed</literal> will prevent installed packages from "
999 "being erased if it is set to off."
1000 msgstr ""
1001
1002 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1003 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1004 msgid ""
1005 "<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
1006 "automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
1007 "now no longer needed."
1008 msgstr ""
1009
1010 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1011 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1012 msgid ""
1013 "<literal>changelog</literal> tries to download the changelog of a package "
1014 "and displays it through <command>sensible-pager</command>. By default it "
1015 "displays the changelog for the version that is installed. However, you can "
1016 "specify the same options as for the <option>install</option> command."
1017 msgstr ""
1018
1019 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1020 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1021 msgid ""
1022 "Displays by default a deb822 formatted listing of information about all data "
1023 "files (aka index targets) <command>apt-get update</command> would "
1024 "download. Supports a <option>--format</option> option to modify the output "
1025 "format as well as accepts lines of the default output to filter the records "
1026 "by. The command is mainly used as an interface for external tools working "
1027 "with APT to get information as well as filenames for downloaded files so "
1028 "they can use them as well instead of downloading them again on their "
1029 "own. Detailed documentation is omitted here and can instead be found in the "
1030 "source tree in "
1031 "<literal><filename>doc/acquire-additional-files.txt</filename></literal>."
1032 msgstr ""
1033
1034 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1035 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
1036 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
1037 msgid "options"
1038 msgstr ""
1039
1040 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1041 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1042 msgid ""
1043 "Do not consider recommended packages as a dependency for installing. "
1044 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Install-Recommends</literal>."
1045 msgstr ""
1046
1047 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1048 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1049 msgid ""
1050 "Consider suggested packages as a dependency for installing. Configuration "
1051 "Item: <literal>APT::Install-Suggests</literal>."
1052 msgstr ""
1053
1054 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1055 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1056 msgid ""
1057 "Download only; package files are only retrieved, not unpacked or installed. "
1058 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>."
1059 msgstr ""
1060
1061 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1062 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1063 msgid ""
1064 "Fix; attempt to correct a system with broken dependencies in place. This "
1065 "option, when used with install/remove, can omit any packages to permit APT "
1066 "to deduce a likely solution. If packages are specified, these have to "
1067 "completely correct the problem. The option is sometimes necessary when "
1068 "running APT for the first time; APT itself does not allow broken package "
1069 "dependencies to exist on a system. It is possible that a system's dependency "
1070 "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually "
1071 "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the "
1072 "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> "
1073 "may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: "
1074 "<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>."
1075 msgstr ""
1076
1077 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1078 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1079 msgid ""
1080 "Ignore missing packages; if packages cannot be retrieved or fail the "
1081 "integrity check after retrieval (corrupted package files), hold back those "
1082 "packages and handle the result. Use of this option together with "
1083 "<option>-f</option> may produce an error in some situations. If a package is "
1084 "selected for installation (particularly if it is mentioned on the command "
1085 "line) and it could not be downloaded then it will be silently held back. "
1086 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>."
1087 msgstr ""
1088
1089 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1090 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1091 msgid ""
1092 "Disables downloading of packages. This is best used with "
1093 "<option>--ignore-missing</option> to force APT to use only the .debs it has "
1094 "already downloaded. Configuration Item: "
1095 "<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>."
1096 msgstr ""
1097
1098 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1099 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1100 msgid ""
1101 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1102 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1103 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
1104 "file. Note that quiet level 2 implies <option>-y</option>; you should never "
1105 "use -qq without a no-action modifier such as -d, --print-uris or -s as APT "
1106 "may decide to do something you did not expect. Configuration Item: "
1107 "<literal>quiet</literal>."
1108 msgstr ""
1109
1110 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1111 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1112 msgid ""
1113 "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur based on the "
1114 "current system state but do not actually change the system. Locking will be "
1115 "disabled (<option>Debug::NoLocking</option>) so the system state could "
1116 "change while <command>apt-get</command> is running. Simulations can also be "
1117 "executed by non-root users which might not have read access to all apt "
1118 "configuration distorting the simulation. A notice expressing this warning "
1119 "is also shown by default for non-root users "
1120 "(<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>). Configuration Item: "
1121 "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>."
1122 msgstr ""
1123
1124 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1125 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1126 msgid ""
1127 "Simulated runs print out a series of lines, each representing a "
1128 "<command>dpkg</command> operation: configure (<literal>Conf</literal>), "
1129 "remove (<literal>Remv</literal>) or unpack "
1130 "(<literal>Inst</literal>). Square brackets indicate broken packages, and "
1131 "empty square brackets indicate breaks that are of no consequence (rare)."
1132 msgstr ""
1133
1134 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1135 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1136 msgid ""
1137 "Automatic yes to prompts; assume \"yes\" as answer to all prompts and run "
1138 "non-interactively. If an undesirable situation, such as changing a held "
1139 "package, trying to install a unauthenticated package or removing an "
1140 "essential package occurs then <literal>apt-get</literal> will abort. "
1141 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>."
1142 msgstr ""
1143
1144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1145 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1146 msgid ""
1147 "Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: "
1148 "<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>."
1149 msgstr ""
1150
1151 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1152 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1153 msgid ""
1154 "Show upgraded packages; print out a list of all packages that are to be "
1155 "upgraded. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Show-Upgraded</literal>."
1156 msgstr ""
1157
1158 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1159 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1160 msgid ""
1161 "Show full versions for upgraded and installed packages. Configuration Item: "
1162 "<literal>APT::Get::Show-Versions</literal>."
1163 msgstr ""
1164
1165 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1166 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1167 msgid ""
1168 "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by "
1169 "<command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies "
1170 "are satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host "
1171 "architecture is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by "
1172 "<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: "
1173 "<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>."
1174 msgstr ""
1175
1176 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1177 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1178 msgid ""
1179 "This option controls the activated build profiles for which a source package "
1180 "is built by <command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how build "
1181 "dependencies are satisfied. By default no build profile is active. More "
1182 "than one build profile can be activated at a time by concatenating them with "
1183 "a comma. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>."
1184 msgstr ""
1185
1186 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1187 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1188 msgid ""
1189 "Compile source packages after downloading them. Configuration Item: "
1190 "<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>."
1191 msgstr ""
1192
1193 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1194 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1195 msgid ""
1196 "Ignore package holds; this causes <command>apt-get</command> to ignore a "
1197 "hold placed on a package. This may be useful in conjunction with "
1198 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> to override a large number of undesired "
1199 "holds. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>."
1200 msgstr ""
1201
1202 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1203 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1204 msgid ""
1205 "Allow installing new packages when used in conjunction with "
1206 "<literal>upgrade</literal>. This is useful if the update of a installed "
1207 "package requires new dependencies to be installed. Instead of holding the "
1208 "package back <literal>upgrade</literal> will upgrade the package and install "
1209 "the new dependencies. Note that <literal>upgrade</literal> with this option "
1210 "will never remove packages, only allow adding new ones. Configuration Item: "
1211 "<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade-Allow-New</literal>."
1212 msgstr ""
1213
1214 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1215 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1216 msgid ""
1217 "Do not upgrade packages; when used in conjunction with "
1218 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>no-upgrade</literal> will prevent "
1219 "packages on the command line from being upgraded if they are already "
1220 "installed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>."
1221 msgstr ""
1222
1223 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1224 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1225 msgid ""
1226 "Do not install new packages; when used in conjunction with "
1227 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>only-upgrade</literal> will install "
1228 "upgrades for already installed packages only and ignore requests to install "
1229 "new packages. Configuration Item: "
1230 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>."
1231 msgstr ""
1232
1233 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1234 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1235 msgid ""
1236 "This is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue without prompting "
1237 "if it is doing downgrades. It should not be used except in very special "
1238 "situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! Configuration "
1239 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1240 msgstr ""
1241
1242 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1243 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1244 msgid ""
1245 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1246 "without prompting if it is removing essentials. It should not be used except "
1247 "in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! "
1248 "Configuration Item: "
1249 "<literal>APT::Get::allow-remove-essential</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1250 msgstr ""
1251
1252 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1253 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1254 msgid ""
1255 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1256 "without prompting if it is changing held packages. It should not be used "
1257 "except in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your "
1258 "system! Configuration Item: "
1259 "<literal>APT::Get::allow-change-held-packages</literal>. Introduced in APT "
1260 "1.1."
1261 msgstr ""
1262
1263 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1264 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1265 msgid ""
1266 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1267 "without prompting if it is doing something potentially harmful. It should "
1268 "not be used except in very special situations. Using "
1269 "<literal>force-yes</literal> can potentially destroy your system! "
1270 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>. This is "
1271 "deprecated and replaced by <option>--allow-downgrades</option>, "
1272 "<option>--allow-remove-essential</option>, "
1273 "<option>--allow-change-held-packages</option> in 1.1."
1274 msgstr ""
1275
1276 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1277 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1278 msgid ""
1279 "Instead of fetching the files to install their URIs are printed. Each URI "
1280 "will have the path, the destination file name, the size and the expected MD5 "
1281 "hash. Note that the file name to write to will not always match the file "
1282 "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> "
1283 "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the "
1284 "<literal>update</literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it "
1285 "is up to the user to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: "
1286 "<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>."
1287 msgstr ""
1288
1289 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1290 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1291 msgid ""
1292 "Use purge instead of remove for anything that would be removed. An asterisk "
1293 "(\"*\") will be displayed next to packages which are scheduled to be "
1294 "purged. <option>remove --purge</option> is equivalent to the "
1295 "<option>purge</option> command. Configuration Item: "
1296 "<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>."
1297 msgstr ""
1298
1299 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1300 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1301 msgid ""
1302 "Re-install packages that are already installed and at the newest version. "
1303 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>."
1304 msgstr ""
1305
1306 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1307 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1308 msgid ""
1309 "This option is on by default; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal> to "
1310 "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically "
1311 "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that "
1312 "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you "
1313 "frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: "
1314 "<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>."
1315 msgstr ""
1316
1317 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1318 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1319 msgid ""
1320 "This option controls the default input to the policy engine; it creates a "
1321 "default pin at priority 990 using the specified release string. This "
1322 "overrides the general settings in "
1323 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename>. Specifically pinned packages are "
1324 "not affected by the value of this option. In short, this option lets you "
1325 "have simple control over which distribution packages will be retrieved "
1326 "from. Some common examples might be <option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t "
1327 "unstable</option> or <option>-t sid</option>. Configuration Item: "
1328 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>; see also the &apt-preferences; "
1329 "manual page."
1330 msgstr ""
1331
1332 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1333 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1334 msgid ""
1335 "Only perform operations that are 'trivial'. Logically this can be considered "
1336 "related to <option>--assume-yes</option>; where "
1337 "<option>--assume-yes</option> will answer yes to any prompt, "
1338 "<option>--trivial-only</option> will answer no. Configuration Item: "
1339 "<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>."
1340 msgstr ""
1341
1342 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1343 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1344 msgid ""
1345 "If any packages are to be removed apt-get immediately aborts without "
1346 "prompting. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>."
1347 msgstr ""
1348
1349 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1350 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1351 msgid ""
1352 "If the command is either <literal>install</literal> or "
1353 "<literal>remove</literal>, then this option acts like running the "
1354 "<literal>autoremove</literal> command, removing unused dependency "
1355 "packages. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>."
1356 msgstr ""
1357
1358 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1359 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1360 msgid ""
1361 "Only has meaning for the <literal>source</literal> and "
1362 "<literal>build-dep</literal> commands. Indicates that the given source "
1363 "names are not to be mapped through the binary table. This means that if "
1364 "this option is specified, these commands will only accept source package "
1365 "names as arguments, rather than accepting binary package names and looking "
1366 "up the corresponding source package. Configuration Item: "
1367 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>."
1368 msgstr ""
1369
1370 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1371 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1372 msgid ""
1373 "Download only the diff, dsc, or tar file of a source archive. Configuration "
1374 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, "
1375 "<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, and "
1376 "<literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>."
1377 msgstr ""
1378
1379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1380 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1381 msgid ""
1382 "Only process architecture-dependent build-dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1383 "<literal>APT::Get::Arch-Only</literal>."
1384 msgstr ""
1385
1386 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1387 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1388 msgid ""
1389 "Ignore if packages can't be authenticated and don't prompt about it. This "
1390 "can be useful while working with local repositories, but is a huge security "
1391 "risk if data authenticity isn't ensured in another way by the user itself. "
1392 "The usage of the <option>Trusted</option> option for &sources-list; entries "
1393 "should usually be preferred over this global override. Configuration Item: "
1394 "<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>."
1395 msgstr ""
1396
1397 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1398 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1399 msgid ""
1400 "Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured "
1401 "sources. Apt will fail at the update command for repositories without valid "
1402 "cryptographically signatures. Configuration Item: "
1403 "<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>."
1404 msgstr ""
1405
1406 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1407 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1408 msgid ""
1409 "Show user friendly progress information in the terminal window when packages "
1410 "are installed, upgraded or removed. For a machine parsable version of this "
1411 "data see README.progress-reporting in the apt doc directory. Configuration "
1412 "Item: <literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> and "
1413 "<literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>."
1414 msgstr ""
1415
1416 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1417 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
1418 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
1419 msgid "Files"
1420 msgstr ""
1421
1422 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1423 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1424 msgid ""
1425 "&apt-cache;, &apt-cdrom;, &dpkg;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, "
1426 "&apt-secure;, The APT User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the "
1427 "APT Howto."
1428 msgstr ""
1429
1430 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1431 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1432 msgid ""
1433 "<command>apt-get</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
1434 "error."
1435 msgstr ""
1436
1437 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1438 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1439 msgid "query the APT cache"
1440 msgstr ""
1441
1442 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1443 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1444 msgid ""
1445 "<command>apt-cache</command> performs a variety of operations on APT's "
1446 "package cache. <command>apt-cache</command> does not manipulate the state of "
1447 "the system but does provide operations to search and generate interesting "
1448 "output from the package metadata."
1449 msgstr ""
1450
1451 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1452 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1453 msgid ""
1454 "<literal>gencaches</literal> creates APT's package cache. This is done "
1455 "implicitly by all commands needing this cache if it is missing or outdated."
1456 msgstr ""
1457
1458 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1459 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
1460 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
1461 msgid "&synopsis-pkg;"
1462 msgstr ""
1463
1464 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1465 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1466 msgid ""
1467 "<literal>showpkg</literal> displays information about the packages listed on "
1468 "the command line. Remaining arguments are package names. The available "
1469 "versions and reverse dependencies of each package listed are listed, as well "
1470 "as forward dependencies for each version. Forward (normal) dependencies are "
1471 "those packages upon which the package in question depends; reverse "
1472 "dependencies are those packages that depend upon the package in "
1473 "question. Thus, forward dependencies must be satisfied for a package, but "
1474 "reverse dependencies need not be. For instance, <command>apt-cache showpkg "
1475 "libreadline2</command> would produce output similar to the following:"
1476 msgstr ""
1477
1478 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
1479 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1480 #, no-wrap
1481 msgid ""
1482 "Package: libreadline2\n"
1483 "Versions: 2.1-12(/var/state/apt/lists/foo_Packages),\n"
1484 "Reverse Depends: \n"
1485 " libreadlineg2,libreadline2\n"
1486 " libreadline2-altdev,libreadline2\n"
1487 "Dependencies:\n"
1488 "2.1-12 - libc5 (2 5.4.0-0) ncurses3.0 (0 (null))\n"
1489 "Provides:\n"
1490 "2.1-12 - \n"
1491 "Reverse Provides: \n"
1492 msgstr ""
1493
1494 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1495 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1496 msgid ""
1497 "Thus it may be seen that libreadline2, version 2.1-12, depends on libc5 and "
1498 "ncurses3.0 which must be installed for libreadline2 to work. In turn, "
1499 "libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev depend on libreadline2. If "
1500 "libreadline2 is installed, libc5 and ncurses3.0 (and ldso) must also be "
1501 "installed; libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev do not have to be "
1502 "installed. For the specific meaning of the remainder of the output it is "
1503 "best to consult the apt source code."
1504 msgstr ""
1505
1506 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1507 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1508 msgid ""
1509 "<literal>stats</literal> displays some statistics about the cache. No "
1510 "further arguments are expected. Statistics reported are:"
1511 msgstr ""
1512
1513 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1514 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1515 msgid ""
1516 "<literal>Total package names</literal> is the number of package names found "
1517 "in the cache."
1518 msgstr ""
1519
1520 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1521 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1522 msgid ""
1523 "<literal>Normal packages</literal> is the number of regular, ordinary "
1524 "package names; these are packages that bear a one-to-one correspondence "
1525 "between their names and the names used by other packages for them in "
1526 "dependencies. The majority of packages fall into this category."
1527 msgstr ""
1528
1529 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1530 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1531 msgid ""
1532 "<literal>Pure virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1533 "exist only as a virtual package name; that is, packages only \"provide\" the "
1534 "virtual package name, and no package actually uses the name. For instance, "
1535 "\"mail-transport-agent\" in the Debian system is a pure virtual package; "
1536 "several packages provide \"mail-transport-agent\", but there is no package "
1537 "named \"mail-transport-agent\"."
1538 msgstr ""
1539
1540 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1541 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1542 msgid ""
1543 "<literal>Single virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages with "
1544 "only one package providing a particular virtual package. For example, in the "
1545 "Debian system, \"X11-text-viewer\" is a virtual package, but only one "
1546 "package, xless, provides \"X11-text-viewer\"."
1547 msgstr ""
1548
1549 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1550 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1551 msgid ""
1552 "<literal>Mixed virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1553 "either provide a particular virtual package or have the virtual package name "
1554 "as the package name. For instance, in the Debian system, \"debconf\" is both "
1555 "an actual package, and provided by the debconf-tiny package."
1556 msgstr ""
1557
1558 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1559 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1560 msgid ""
1561 "<literal>Missing</literal> is the number of package names that were "
1562 "referenced in a dependency but were not provided by any package. Missing "
1563 "packages may be an evidence if a full distribution is not accessed, or if a "
1564 "package (real or virtual) has been dropped from the distribution. Usually "
1565 "they are referenced from Conflicts or Breaks statements."
1566 msgstr ""
1567
1568 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1569 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1570 msgid ""
1571 "<literal>Total distinct</literal> versions is the number of package versions "
1572 "found in the cache. If more than one distribution is being accessed (for "
1573 "instance, \"stable\" and \"unstable\"), this value can be considerably "
1574 "larger than the number of total package names."
1575 msgstr ""
1576
1577 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1578 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1579 msgid ""
1580 "<literal>Total dependencies</literal> is the number of dependency "
1581 "relationships claimed by all of the packages in the cache."
1582 msgstr ""
1583
1584 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1585 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1586 msgid ""
1587 "<literal>showsrc</literal> displays all the source package records that "
1588 "match the given package names. All versions are shown, as well as all "
1589 "records that declare the name to be a binary package. Use "
1590 "<option>--only-source</option> to display only source package names."
1591 msgstr ""
1592
1593 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1594 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1595 msgid ""
1596 "<literal>dump</literal> shows a short listing of every package in the "
1597 "cache. It is primarily for debugging."
1598 msgstr ""
1599
1600 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1601 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1602 msgid ""
1603 "<literal>dumpavail</literal> prints out an available list to stdout. This is "
1604 "suitable for use with &dpkg; and is used by the &dselect; method."
1605 msgstr ""
1606
1607 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1608 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1609 msgid ""
1610 "<literal>unmet</literal> displays a summary of all unmet dependencies in the "
1611 "package cache."
1612 msgstr ""
1613
1614 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1615 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1616 msgid ""
1617 "<literal>show</literal> performs a function similar to <command>dpkg "
1618 "--print-avail</command>; it displays the package records for the named "
1619 "packages."
1620 msgstr ""
1621
1622 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1623 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1624 msgid "&synopsis-regex;"
1625 msgstr ""
1626
1627 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1628 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1629 msgid ""
1630 "<literal>search</literal> performs a full text search on all available "
1631 "package lists for the POSIX regex pattern given, see &regex;. It searches "
1632 "the package names and the descriptions for an occurrence of the regular "
1633 "expression and prints out the package name and the short description, "
1634 "including virtual package names. If <option>--full</option> is given then "
1635 "output identical to <literal>show</literal> is produced for each matched "
1636 "package, and if <option>--names-only</option> is given then the long "
1637 "description is not searched, only the package name and provided packages "
1638 "are."
1639 msgstr ""
1640
1641 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1642 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1643 msgid ""
1644 "Separate arguments can be used to specify multiple search patterns that are "
1645 "and'ed together."
1646 msgstr ""
1647
1648 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1649 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1650 msgid ""
1651 "<literal>depends</literal> shows a listing of each dependency a package has "
1652 "and all the possible other packages that can fulfill that dependency."
1653 msgstr ""
1654
1655 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1656 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1657 msgid ""
1658 "<literal>rdepends</literal> shows a listing of each reverse dependency a "
1659 "package has."
1660 msgstr ""
1661
1662 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1663 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1664 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-prefix;</replaceable></optional>"
1665 msgstr ""
1666
1667 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1668 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1669 msgid ""
1670 "This command prints the name of each package APT knows. The optional "
1671 "argument is a prefix match to filter the name list. The output is suitable "
1672 "for use in a shell tab complete function and the output is generated "
1673 "extremely quickly. This command is best used with the "
1674 "<option>--generate</option> option."
1675 msgstr ""
1676
1677 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1678 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1679 msgid ""
1680 "Note that a package which APT knows of is not necessarily available to "
1681 "download, installable or installed, e.g. virtual packages are also listed in "
1682 "the generated list."
1683 msgstr ""
1684
1685 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1686 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1687 msgid ""
1688 "<literal>dotty</literal> takes a list of packages on the command line and "
1689 "generates output suitable for use by dotty from the <ulink "
1690 "url=\"http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/\">GraphViz</ulink> "
1691 "package. The result will be a set of nodes and edges representing the "
1692 "relationships between the packages. By default the given packages will trace "
1693 "out all dependent packages; this can produce a very large graph. To limit "
1694 "the output to only the packages listed on the command line, set the "
1695 "<literal>APT::Cache::GivenOnly</literal> option."
1696 msgstr ""
1697
1698 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1699 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1700 msgid ""
1701 "The resulting nodes will have several shapes; normal packages are boxes, "
1702 "pure virtual packages are triangles, mixed virtual packages are diamonds, "
1703 "missing packages are hexagons. Orange boxes mean recursion was stopped (leaf "
1704 "packages), blue lines are pre-depends, green lines are conflicts."
1705 msgstr ""
1706
1707 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1708 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1709 msgid "Caution, dotty cannot graph larger sets of packages."
1710 msgstr ""
1711
1712 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1713 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1714 msgid ""
1715 "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink "
1716 "url=\"http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/users/sander/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG "
1717 "tool</ulink>."
1718 msgstr ""
1719
1720 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1721 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1722 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-pkg;</replaceable>…</optional>"
1723 msgstr ""
1724
1725 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1726 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1727 msgid ""
1728 "<literal>policy</literal> is meant to help debug issues relating to the "
1729 "preferences file. With no arguments it will print out the priorities of each "
1730 "source. Otherwise it prints out detailed information about the priority "
1731 "selection of the named package."
1732 msgstr ""
1733
1734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1735 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1736 msgid ""
1737 "<literal>apt-cache</literal>'s <literal>madison</literal> command attempts "
1738 "to mimic the output format and a subset of the functionality of the Debian "
1739 "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available "
1740 "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original "
1741 "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the "
1742 "architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists "
1743 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)."
1744 msgstr ""
1745
1746 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1747 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1748 msgid ""
1749 "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary "
1750 "cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: "
1751 "<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>."
1752 msgstr ""
1753
1754 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1755 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1756 msgid ""
1757 "Select the file to store the source cache. The source is used only by "
1758 "<literal>gencaches</literal> and it stores a parsed version of the package "
1759 "information from remote sources. When building the package cache the source "
1760 "cache is used to avoid reparsing all of the package files. Configuration "
1761 "Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>."
1762 msgstr ""
1763
1764 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1765 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1766 msgid ""
1767 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1768 "More q's will produce more quietness up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1769 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quietness level, overriding the "
1770 "configuration file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
1771 msgstr ""
1772
1773 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1774 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1775 msgid ""
1776 "Print only important dependencies; for use with <literal>unmet</literal> and "
1777 "<literal>depends</literal>. Causes only Depends and Pre-Depends relations to "
1778 "be printed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>."
1779 msgstr ""
1780
1781 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1782 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1783 msgid ""
1784 "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> "
1785 "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit "
1786 "the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: "
1787 "<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> "
1788 "e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>."
1789 msgstr ""
1790
1791 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1792 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1793 msgid ""
1794 "Per default <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> print "
1795 "only dependencies explicitly expressed in the metadata. With this flag it "
1796 "will also show dependencies implicitely added based on the encountered "
1797 "data. A <literal>Conflicts: foo</literal> e.g. expresses implicitely that "
1798 "this package also conflicts with the package foo from any other "
1799 "architecture. Configuration Item: "
1800 "<literal>APT::Cache::ShowImplicit</literal>."
1801 msgstr ""
1802
1803 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1804 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1805 msgid ""
1806 "Print full package records when searching. Configuration Item: "
1807 "<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>."
1808 msgstr ""
1809
1810 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1811 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1812 msgid ""
1813 "Print full records for all available versions. This is the default; to turn "
1814 "it off, use <option>--no-all-versions</option>. If "
1815 "<option>--no-all-versions</option> is specified, only the candidate version "
1816 "will be displayed (the one which would be selected for installation). This "
1817 "option is only applicable to the <literal>show</literal> command. "
1818 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>."
1819 msgstr ""
1820
1821 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1822 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1823 msgid ""
1824 "Perform automatic package cache regeneration, rather than use the cache as "
1825 "it is. This is the default; to turn it off, use "
1826 "<option>--no-generate</option>. Configuration Item: "
1827 "<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>."
1828 msgstr ""
1829
1830 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1831 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1832 msgid ""
1833 "Only search on the package and provided package names, not the long "
1834 "descriptions. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>."
1835 msgstr ""
1836
1837 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1838 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1839 msgid ""
1840 "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages "
1841 "and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1842 "<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>."
1843 msgstr ""
1844
1845 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1846 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1847 msgid ""
1848 "Make <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> recursive so "
1849 "that all packages mentioned are printed once. Configuration Item: "
1850 "<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>."
1851 msgstr ""
1852
1853 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1854 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1855 msgid ""
1856 "Limit the output of <literal>depends</literal> and "
1857 "<literal>rdepends</literal> to packages which are currently installed. "
1858 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>."
1859 msgstr ""
1860
1861 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1862 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1863 msgid "&apt-conf;, &sources-list;, &apt-get;"
1864 msgstr ""
1865
1866 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1867 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1868 msgid ""
1869 "<command>apt-cache</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
1870 "on error."
1871 msgstr ""
1872
1873 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1874 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1875 msgid "APT key management utility"
1876 msgstr ""
1877
1878 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1879 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1880 msgid ""
1881 "<command>apt-key</command> is used to manage the list of keys used by apt to "
1882 "authenticate packages. Packages which have been authenticated using these "
1883 "keys will be considered trusted."
1884 msgstr ""
1885
1886 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1887 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1888 msgid "Commands"
1889 msgstr ""
1890
1891 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1892 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1893 msgid ""
1894 "Add a new key to the list of trusted keys. The key is read from the "
1895 "filename given with the parameter &synopsis-param-filename; or if the "
1896 "filename is <literal>-</literal> from standard input."
1897 msgstr ""
1898
1899 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1900 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1901 msgid ""
1902 "It is critical that keys added manually via <command>apt-key</command> are "
1903 "verified to belong to the owner of the repositories they claim to be for "
1904 "otherwise the &apt-secure; infrastructure is completely undermined."
1905 msgstr ""
1906
1907 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1908 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1909 msgid "Remove a key from the list of trusted keys."
1910 msgstr ""
1911
1912 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1913 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1914 msgid "Output the key &synopsis-param-keyid; to standard output."
1915 msgstr ""
1916
1917 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1918 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1919 msgid "Output all trusted keys to standard output."
1920 msgstr ""
1921
1922 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1923 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1924 msgid "List trusted keys."
1925 msgstr ""
1926
1927 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1928 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1929 msgid "List fingerprints of trusted keys."
1930 msgstr ""
1931
1932 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1933 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1934 msgid ""
1935 "Pass advanced options to gpg. With <command>adv --recv-key</command> you can "
1936 "e.g. download key from keyservers directly into the the trusted set of "
1937 "keys. Note that there are <emphasis>no</emphasis> checks performed, so it is "
1938 "easy to completely undermine the &apt-secure; infrastructure if used without "
1939 "care."
1940 msgstr ""
1941
1942 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1943 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1944 msgid ""
1945 "Update the local keyring with the archive keyring and remove from the local "
1946 "keyring the archive keys which are no longer valid. The archive keyring is "
1947 "shipped in the <literal>archive-keyring</literal> package of your "
1948 "distribution, e.g. the &keyring-package; package in &keyring-distro;."
1949 msgstr ""
1950
1951 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1952 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1953 msgid ""
1954 "Perform an update working similarly to the <command>update</command> command "
1955 "above, but get the archive keyring from a URI instead and validate it "
1956 "against a master key. This requires an installed &wget; and an APT build "
1957 "configured to have a server to fetch from and a master keyring to validate. "
1958 "APT in Debian does not support this command, relying on "
1959 "<command>update</command> instead, but Ubuntu's APT does."
1960 msgstr ""
1961
1962 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1963 #: apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
1964 msgid "Options"
1965 msgstr ""
1966
1967 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1968 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1969 msgid ""
1970 "Note that options need to be defined before the commands described in the "
1971 "previous section."
1972 msgstr ""
1973
1974 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1975 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1976 msgid ""
1977 "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the "
1978 "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on the "
1979 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the "
1980 "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though "
1981 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that "
1982 "e.g. new keys are added to this one."
1983 msgstr ""
1984
1985 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1986 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1987 msgid "<filename>/etc/apt/trustdb.gpg</filename>"
1988 msgstr ""
1989
1990 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1991 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1992 msgid "Local trust database of archive keys."
1993 msgstr ""
1994
1995 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1996 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1997 msgid "&keyring-filename;"
1998 msgstr ""
1999
2000 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2001 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2002 msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive trusted keys."
2003 msgstr ""
2004
2005 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
2006 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2007 msgid "&keyring-removed-filename;"
2008 msgstr ""
2009
2010 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2011 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2012 msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive removed trusted keys."
2013 msgstr ""
2014
2015 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2016 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2017 msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-secure;"
2018 msgstr ""
2019
2020 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2021 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2022 msgid "show, set and unset various settings for a package"
2023 msgstr ""
2024
2025 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2026 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2027 msgid ""
2028 "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified frontend to set various "
2029 "settings for a package like marking a package as being "
2030 "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> "
2031 "selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected "
2032 "e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or "
2033 "<command>aptitude</command>."
2034 msgstr ""
2035
2036 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2037 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2038 msgid "Automatically and manually installed packages"
2039 msgstr ""
2040
2041 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2042 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2043 msgid ""
2044 "When you request that a package is installed, and as a result other packages "
2045 "are installed to satisfy its dependencies, the dependencies are marked as "
2046 "being automatically installed, while package you installed explicitely is "
2047 "marked as manually installed. Once a automatically installed package is no "
2048 "longer depended on by any manually installed package it is considered no "
2049 "longer needed and e.g. <command>apt-get</command> or "
2050 "<command>aptitude</command> will at least suggest removing them."
2051 msgstr ""
2052
2053 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2054 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2055 msgid ""
2056 "<literal>auto</literal> is used to mark a package as being automatically "
2057 "installed, which will cause the package to be removed when no more manually "
2058 "installed packages depend on this package."
2059 msgstr ""
2060
2061 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2062 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2063 msgid ""
2064 "<literal>manual</literal> is used to mark a package as being manually "
2065 "installed, which will prevent the package from being automatically removed "
2066 "if no other packages depend on it."
2067 msgstr ""
2068
2069 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2070 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2071 msgid ""
2072 "<literal>showauto</literal> is used to print a list of automatically "
2073 "installed packages with each package on a new line. All automatically "
2074 "installed packages will be listed if no package is given. If packages are "
2075 "given only those which are automatically installed will be shown."
2076 msgstr ""
2077
2078 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2079 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2080 msgid ""
2081 "<literal>showmanual</literal> can be used in the same way as "
2082 "<literal>showauto</literal> except that it will print a list of manually "
2083 "installed packages instead."
2084 msgstr ""
2085
2086 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2087 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2088 msgid ""
2089 "Read/Write package stats from the filename given with the parameter "
2090 "&synopsis-param-filename; instead of from the default location, which is "
2091 "<filename>extended_status</filename> in the directory defined by the "
2092 "Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State</literal>."
2093 msgstr ""
2094
2095 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2096 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2097 msgid "Prevent changes for a package"
2098 msgstr ""
2099
2100 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2101 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2102 msgid ""
2103 "<literal>hold</literal> is used to mark a package as held back, which will "
2104 "prevent the package from being automatically installed, upgraded or removed."
2105 msgstr ""
2106
2107 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2108 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2109 msgid ""
2110 "<literal>unhold</literal> is used to cancel a previously set hold on a "
2111 "package to allow all actions again."
2112 msgstr ""
2113
2114 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2115 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2116 msgid ""
2117 "<literal>showhold</literal> is used to print a list of packages on hold in "
2118 "the same way as for the other show commands."
2119 msgstr ""
2120
2121 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2122 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2123 msgid "Shedule packages for install, remove and purge"
2124 msgstr ""
2125
2126 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2127 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2128 msgid ""
2129 "Some frontends like <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> can be used "
2130 "to apply previously sheduled changes to the install state of packages. Such "
2131 "changes can be sheduled with the <option>install</option>, "
2132 "<option>remove</option> (also known as <option>deinstall</option>) and "
2133 "<option>purge</option> commands. Packages with a specific selection can be "
2134 "displayed with <option>showinstall</option>, <option>showremove</option> and "
2135 "<option>showpurge</option> respectively. More information about these so "
2136 "called dpkg selections can be found in &dpkg;."
2137 msgstr ""
2138
2139 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2140 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2141 msgid ""
2142 "<command>apt-mark</command> returns zero on normal operation, non-zero on "
2143 "error."
2144 msgstr ""
2145
2146 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2147 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2148 msgid "Archive authentication support for APT"
2149 msgstr ""
2150
2151 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2152 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2153 msgid ""
2154 "Starting with version 0.6, <command>APT</command> contains code that does "
2155 "signature checking of the Release file for all repositories. This ensures "
2156 "that data like packages in the archive can't be modified by people who have "
2157 "no access to the Release file signing key."
2158 msgstr ""
2159
2160 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2161 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2162 msgid ""
2163 "If an archive doesn't have a signed Release file or no Release file at all "
2164 "current APT versions will raise a warning in <command>update</command> "
2165 "operations and frontends like <command>apt-get</command> will require "
2166 "explicit confirmation if an installation request includes a package from "
2167 "such an unauthenticated archive."
2168 msgstr ""
2169
2170 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2171 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2172 msgid ""
2173 "In the future APT will refuse to work with unauthenticated repositories by "
2174 "default until support for them is removed entirely. Users have the option to "
2175 "opt-in to this behavior already by setting the configuration option "
2176 "<option>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to "
2177 "<literal>false</literal>."
2178 msgstr ""
2179
2180 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2181 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2182 msgid ""
2183 "Note: All APT-based package management frontends like &apt-get;, &aptitude; "
2184 "and &synaptic; support this authentication feature, so this manpage uses "
2185 "<literal>APT</literal> to refer to them all for simplicity only."
2186 msgstr ""
2187
2188 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2189 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2190 msgid "Trusted repositories"
2191 msgstr ""
2192
2193 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2194 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2195 msgid ""
2196 "The chain of trust from an APT archive to the end user is made up of several "
2197 "steps. <command>apt-secure</command> is the last step in this chain; "
2198 "trusting an archive does not mean that you trust its packages not to contain "
2199 "malicious code, but means that you trust the archive maintainer. It's the "
2200 "archive maintainer's responsibility to ensure that the archive's integrity "
2201 "is preserved."
2202 msgstr ""
2203
2204 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2205 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2206 msgid ""
2207 "apt-secure does not review signatures at a package level. If you require "
2208 "tools to do this you should look at <command>debsig-verify</command> and "
2209 "<command>debsign</command> (provided in the debsig-verify and devscripts "
2210 "packages respectively)."
2211 msgstr ""
2212
2213 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2214 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2215 msgid ""
2216 "The chain of trust in Debian e.g. starts when a maintainer uploads a new "
2217 "package or a new version of a package to the Debian archive. In order to "
2218 "become effective, this upload needs to be signed by a key contained in one "
2219 "of the Debian package maintainers keyrings (available in the debian-keyring "
2220 "package). Maintainers' keys are signed by other maintainers following "
2221 "pre-established procedures to ensure the identity of the key holder. Similar "
2222 "procedures exist in all Debian-based distributions."
2223 msgstr ""
2224
2225 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2226 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2227 msgid ""
2228 "Once the uploaded package is verified and included in the archive, the "
2229 "maintainer signature is stripped off, and checksums of the package are "
2230 "computed and put in the Packages file. The checksums of all of the Packages "
2231 "files are then computed and put into the Release file. The Release file is "
2232 "then signed by the archive key for this &keyring-distro; release, and "
2233 "distributed alongside the packages and the Packages files on "
2234 "&keyring-distro; mirrors. The keys are in the &keyring-distro; archive "
2235 "keyring available in the &keyring-package; package."
2236 msgstr ""
2237
2238 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2239 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2240 msgid ""
2241 "End users can check the signature of the Release file, extract a checksum of "
2242 "a package from it and compare it with the checksum of the package they "
2243 "downloaded by hand - or rely on APT doing this automatically."
2244 msgstr ""
2245
2246 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2247 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2248 msgid ""
2249 "Notice that this is distinct from checking signatures on a per package "
2250 "basis. It is designed to prevent two possible attacks:"
2251 msgstr ""
2252
2253 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2254 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2255 msgid ""
2256 "<literal>Network \"man in the middle\" attacks</literal>. Without signature "
2257 "checking, malicious agents can introduce themselves into the package "
2258 "download process and provide malicious software either by controlling a "
2259 "network element (router, switch, etc.) or by redirecting traffic to a rogue "
2260 "server (through ARP or DNS spoofing attacks)."
2261 msgstr ""
2262
2263 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2264 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2265 msgid ""
2266 "<literal>Mirror network compromise</literal>. Without signature checking, a "
2267 "malicious agent can compromise a mirror host and modify the files in it to "
2268 "propagate malicious software to all users downloading packages from that "
2269 "host."
2270 msgstr ""
2271
2272 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2273 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2274 msgid ""
2275 "However, it does not defend against a compromise of the master server itself "
2276 "(which signs the packages) or against a compromise of the key used to sign "
2277 "the Release files. In any case, this mechanism can complement a per-package "
2278 "signature."
2279 msgstr ""
2280
2281 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2282 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2283 msgid "User configuration"
2284 msgstr ""
2285
2286 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2287 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2288 msgid ""
2289 "<command>apt-key</command> is the program that manages the list of keys used "
2290 "by APT to trust repositories. It can be used to add or remove keys as well "
2291 "as list the trusted keys. Limiting which key(s) are able to sign which "
2292 "archive is possible via the <option>Signed-By</option> in &sources-list;."
2293 msgstr ""
2294
2295 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2296 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2297 msgid ""
2298 "Note that a default installation already contains all keys to securily "
2299 "acquire packages from the default repositories, so fiddling with "
2300 "<command>apt-key</command> is only needed if third-party repositories are "
2301 "added."
2302 msgstr ""
2303
2304 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2305 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2306 msgid ""
2307 "In order to add a new key you need to first download it (you should make "
2308 "sure you are using a trusted communication channel when retrieving it), add "
2309 "it with <command>apt-key</command> and then run <command>apt-get "
2310 "update</command> so that apt can download and verify the "
2311 "<filename>InRelease</filename> or <filename>Release.gpg</filename> files "
2312 "from the archives you have configured."
2313 msgstr ""
2314
2315 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2316 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2317 msgid "Archive configuration"
2318 msgstr ""
2319
2320 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2321 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2322 msgid ""
2323 "If you want to provide archive signatures in an archive under your "
2324 "maintenance you have to:"
2325 msgstr ""
2326
2327 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2328 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2329 msgid ""
2330 "<emphasis>Create a toplevel Release file</emphasis>, if it does not exist "
2331 "already. You can do this by running <command>apt-ftparchive "
2332 "release</command> (provided in apt-utils)."
2333 msgstr ""
2334
2335 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2336 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2337 msgid ""
2338 "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg "
2339 "--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o "
2340 "Release.gpg Release</command>."
2341 msgstr ""
2342
2343 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2344 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2345 msgid ""
2346 "<emphasis>Publish the key fingerprint</emphasis>, that way your users will "
2347 "know what key they need to import in order to authenticate the files in the "
2348 "archive. It is best to ship your key in its own keyring package like "
2349 "&keyring-distro; does with &keyring-package; to be able to distribute "
2350 "updates and key transitions automatically later."
2351 msgstr ""
2352
2353 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2354 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2355 msgid ""
2356 "<emphasis>Provide instructions on how to add your archive and "
2357 "key</emphasis>. If your users can't acquire your key securily the chain of "
2358 "trust described above is broken. How you can help users add your key "
2359 "depends on your archive and target audience ranging from having your keyring "
2360 "package included in another archive users already have configured (like the "
2361 "default repositories of their distribution) to leverage the web of trust."
2362 msgstr ""
2363
2364 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2365 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2366 msgid ""
2367 "Whenever the contents of the archive change (new packages are added or "
2368 "removed) the archive maintainer has to follow the first two steps outlined "
2369 "above."
2370 msgstr ""
2371
2372 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2373 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2374 msgid ""
2375 "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;, &apt-key;, &apt-ftparchive;, "
2376 "&debsign;, &debsig-verify;, &gpg;"
2377 msgstr ""
2378
2379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2380 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2381 msgid ""
2382 "For more background information you might want to review the <ulink "
2383 "url=\"https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/ch7\">Debian "
2384 "Security Infrastructure</ulink> chapter of the Securing Debian Manual "
2385 "(available also in the harden-doc package) and the <ulink "
2386 "url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong "
2387 "Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen."
2388 msgstr ""
2389
2390 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2391 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2392 msgid "Manpage Authors"
2393 msgstr ""
2394
2395 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2396 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2397 msgid ""
2398 "This man-page is based on the work of Javier Fernández-Sanguino Peña, Isaac "
2399 "Jones, Colin Walters, Florian Weimer and Michael Vogt."
2400 msgstr ""
2401
2402 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2403 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2404 msgid "APT CD-ROM management utility"
2405 msgstr ""
2406
2407 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2408 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2409 msgid ""
2410 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> is used to add a new CD-ROM to APT's list of "
2411 "available sources. <command>apt-cdrom</command> takes care of determining "
2412 "the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible "
2413 "mis-burns and verifying the index files."
2414 msgstr ""
2415
2416 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2417 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2418 msgid ""
2419 "It is necessary to use <command>apt-cdrom</command> to add CDs to the APT "
2420 "system; it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disc in a multi-CD set "
2421 "must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
2422 msgstr ""
2423
2424 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2425 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2426 msgid ""
2427 "<literal>add</literal> is used to add a new disc to the source list. It will "
2428 "unmount the CD-ROM device, prompt for a disc to be inserted and then proceed "
2429 "to scan it and copy the index files. If the disc does not have a proper "
2430 "<filename>.disk</filename> directory you will be prompted for a descriptive "
2431 "title."
2432 msgstr ""
2433
2434 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2435 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2436 msgid ""
2437 "APT uses a CD-ROM ID to track which disc is currently in the drive and "
2438 "maintains a database of these IDs in "
2439 "<filename>&statedir;/cdroms.list</filename>"
2440 msgstr ""
2441
2442 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2443 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2444 msgid ""
2445 "A debugging tool to report the identity of the current disc as well as the "
2446 "stored file name"
2447 msgstr ""
2448
2449 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2450 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2451 msgid ""
2452 "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the "
2453 "<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: "
2454 "<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>."
2455 msgstr ""
2456
2457 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2458 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2459 msgid ""
2460 "Mount point; specify the location to mount the CD-ROM. This mount point must "
2461 "be listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and properly configured. "
2462 "Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>."
2463 msgstr ""
2464
2465 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2466 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2467 msgid ""
2468 "Rename a disc; change the label of a disc or override the disc's given "
2469 "label. This option will cause <command>apt-cdrom</command> to prompt for a "
2470 "new label. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>."
2471 msgstr ""
2472
2473 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2474 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2475 msgid ""
2476 "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and "
2477 "unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: "
2478 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>."
2479 msgstr ""
2480
2481 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2482 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2483 msgid ""
2484 "Fast Copy; Assume the package files are valid and do not check every "
2485 "package. This option should be used only if <command>apt-cdrom</command> has "
2486 "been run on this disc before and did not detect any errors. Configuration "
2487 "Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>."
2488 msgstr ""
2489
2490 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2491 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2492 msgid ""
2493 "Thorough Package Scan; This option may be needed with some old Debian "
2494 "1.1/1.2 discs that have Package files in strange places. It takes much "
2495 "longer to scan the CD but will pick them all up."
2496 msgstr ""
2497
2498 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2499 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2500 msgid ""
2501 "No Changes; Do not change the &sources-list; file and do not write index "
2502 "files. Everything is still checked however. Configuration Item: "
2503 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>."
2504 msgstr ""
2505
2506 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2507 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2508 msgid "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;"
2509 msgstr ""
2510
2511 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2512 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2513 msgid ""
2514 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2515 "on error."
2516 msgstr ""
2517
2518 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2519 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2520 msgid "APT Configuration Query program"
2521 msgstr ""
2522
2523 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2524 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2525 msgid ""
2526 "<command>apt-config</command> is an internal program used by various "
2527 "portions of the APT suite to provide consistent configurability. It accesses "
2528 "the main configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> in a "
2529 "manner that is easy to use for scripted applications."
2530 msgstr ""
2531
2532 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2533 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2534 msgid ""
2535 "shell is used to access the configuration information from a shell "
2536 "script. It is given pairs of arguments, the first being a shell variable and "
2537 "the second the configuration value to query. As output it lists shell "
2538 "assignment commands for each value present. In a shell script it should be "
2539 "used as follows:"
2540 msgstr ""
2541
2542 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
2543 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2544 #, no-wrap
2545 msgid ""
2546 "OPTS=\"-f\"\n"
2547 "RES=`apt-config shell OPTS MyApp::options`\n"
2548 "eval $RES\n"
2549 msgstr ""
2550
2551 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2552 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2553 msgid ""
2554 "This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of "
2555 "MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>."
2556 msgstr ""
2557
2558 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2559 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2560 msgid ""
2561 "The configuration item may be postfixed with a /[fdbi]. f returns file "
2562 "names, d returns directories, b returns true or false and i returns an "
2563 "integer. Each of the returns is normalized and verified internally."
2564 msgstr ""
2565
2566 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2567 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2568 msgid "Just show the contents of the configuration space."
2569 msgstr ""
2570
2571 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2572 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2573 msgid ""
2574 "Include options which have an empty value. This is the default, so use "
2575 "--no-empty to remove them from the output."
2576 msgstr ""
2577
2578 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
2579 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2580 msgid "&percnt;f &#x0022;&percnt;v&#x0022;;&percnt;n"
2581 msgstr ""
2582
2583 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2584 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2585 msgid ""
2586 "Defines the output of each config option. &percnt;t will be replaced with "
2587 "its individual name, &percnt;f with its full hierarchical name and &percnt;v "
2588 "with its value. Use uppercase letters and special characters in the value "
2589 "will be encoded to ensure that it can e.g. be safely used in a quoted-string "
2590 "as defined by RFC822. Additionally &percnt;n will be replaced by a newline, "
2591 "and &percnt;N by a tab. A &percnt; can be printed by using &percnt;&percnt;."
2592 msgstr ""
2593
2594 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2595 #: apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
2596 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
2597 msgid "&apt-conf;"
2598 msgstr ""
2599
2600 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2601 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2602 msgid ""
2603 "<command>apt-config</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2604 "on error."
2605 msgstr ""
2606
2607 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><contrib>
2608 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2609 msgid "Initial documentation of Debug::*."
2610 msgstr ""
2611
2612 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><email>
2613 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2614 msgid "dburrows@debian.org"
2615 msgstr ""
2616
2617 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
2618 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
2619 msgid "5"
2620 msgstr ""
2621
2622 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2623 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2624 msgid "Configuration file for APT"
2625 msgstr ""
2626
2627 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2628 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2629 msgid ""
2630 "<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> is the main configuration file shared "
2631 "by all the tools in the APT suite of tools, though it is by no means the "
2632 "only place options can be set. The suite also shares a common command line "
2633 "parser to provide a uniform environment."
2634 msgstr ""
2635
2636 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><para>
2637 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2638 msgid ""
2639 "When an APT tool starts up it will read the configuration files in the "
2640 "following order:"
2641 msgstr ""
2642
2643 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2644 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2645 msgid ""
2646 "the file specified by the <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> environment variable (if "
2647 "any)"
2648 msgstr ""
2649
2650 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2651 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2652 msgid ""
2653 "all files in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in alphanumeric ascending "
2654 "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename "
2655 "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) "
2656 "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has "
2657 "ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
2658 "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
2659 "case it will be silently ignored."
2660 msgstr ""
2661
2662 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2663 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2664 msgid "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>"
2665 msgstr ""
2666
2667 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2668 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2669 msgid ""
2670 "all options set in the binary specific configuration subtree are moved into "
2671 "the root of the tree."
2672 msgstr ""
2673
2674 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2675 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2676 msgid ""
2677 "the command line options are applied to override the configuration "
2678 "directives or to load even more configuration files."
2679 msgstr ""
2680
2681 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2682 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2683 msgid "Syntax"
2684 msgstr ""
2685
2686 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2687 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2688 msgid ""
2689 "The configuration file is organized in a tree with options organized into "
2690 "functional groups. Option specification is given with a double colon "
2691 "notation; for instance <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> is an option "
2692 "within the APT tool group, for the Get tool. Options do not inherit from "
2693 "their parent groups."
2694 msgstr ""
2695
2696 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2697 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2698 msgid ""
2699 "Syntactically the configuration language is modeled after what the ISC tools "
2700 "such as bind and dhcp use. Lines starting with <literal>//</literal> are "
2701 "treated as comments (ignored), as well as all text between "
2702 "<literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal>, just like C/C++ comments. "
2703 "Each line is of the form <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. "
2704 "The quotation marks and trailing semicolon are required. The value must be "
2705 "on one line, and there is no kind of string concatenation. Values must not "
2706 "include backslashes or extra quotation marks. Option names are made up of "
2707 "alphanumeric characters and the characters \"/-:._+\". A new scope can be "
2708 "opened with curly braces, like this:"
2709 msgstr ""
2710
2711 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2712 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2713 #, no-wrap
2714 msgid ""
2715 "APT {\n"
2716 " Get {\n"
2717 " Assume-Yes \"true\";\n"
2718 " Fix-Broken \"true\";\n"
2719 " };\n"
2720 "};\n"
2721 msgstr ""
2722
2723 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2724 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2725 msgid ""
2726 "with newlines placed to make it more readable. Lists can be created by "
2727 "opening a scope and including a single string enclosed in quotes followed by "
2728 "a semicolon. Multiple entries can be included, separated by a semicolon."
2729 msgstr ""
2730
2731 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2732 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2733 #, no-wrap
2734 msgid "DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs {\"/usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure --apt\";};\n"
2735 msgstr ""
2736
2737 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2738 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2739 msgid ""
2740 "In general the sample configuration file &configureindex; is a good guide "
2741 "for how it should look."
2742 msgstr ""
2743
2744 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2745 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2746 msgid ""
2747 "Case is not significant in names of configuration items, so in the previous "
2748 "example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>."
2749 msgstr ""
2750
2751 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2752 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2753 msgid ""
2754 "Names for the configuration items are optional if a list is defined as can "
2755 "be seen in the <literal>DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs</literal> example above. If "
2756 "you don't specify a name a new entry will simply add a new option to the "
2757 "list. If you specify a name you can override the option in the same way as "
2758 "any other option by reassigning a new value to the option."
2759 msgstr ""
2760
2761 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2762 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2763 msgid ""
2764 "Two special commands are defined: <literal>#include</literal> (which is "
2765 "deprecated and not supported by alternative implementations) and "
2766 "<literal>#clear</literal>. <literal>#include</literal> will include the "
2767 "given file, unless the filename ends in a slash, in which case the whole "
2768 "directory is included. <literal>#clear</literal> is used to erase a part of "
2769 "the configuration tree. The specified element and all its descendants are "
2770 "erased. (Note that these lines also need to end with a semicolon.)"
2771 msgstr ""
2772
2773 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2774 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2775 msgid ""
2776 "The <literal>#clear</literal> command is the only way to delete a list or a "
2777 "complete scope. Reopening a scope (or using the syntax described below with "
2778 "an appended <literal>::</literal>) will <emphasis>not</emphasis> override "
2779 "previously written entries. Options can only be overridden by addressing a "
2780 "new value to them - lists and scopes can't be overridden, only cleared."
2781 msgstr ""
2782
2783 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2784 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2785 msgid ""
2786 "All of the APT tools take an -o option which allows an arbitrary "
2787 "configuration directive to be specified on the command line. The syntax is a "
2788 "full option name (<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> for instance) "
2789 "followed by an equals sign then the new value of the option. To append a new "
2790 "element to a list, add a trailing <literal>::</literal> to the name of the "
2791 "list. (As you might suspect, the scope syntax can't be used on the command "
2792 "line.)"
2793 msgstr ""
2794
2795 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2796 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2797 msgid ""
2798 "Note that appending items to a list using <literal>::</literal> only works "
2799 "for one item per line, and that you should not use it in combination with "
2800 "the scope syntax (which adds <literal>::</literal> implicitly). Using both "
2801 "syntaxes together will trigger a bug which some users unfortunately depend "
2802 "on: an option with the unusual name \"<literal>::</literal>\" which acts "
2803 "like every other option with a name. This introduces many problems; for one "
2804 "thing, users who write multiple lines in this <emphasis>wrong</emphasis> "
2805 "syntax in the hope of appending to a list will achieve the opposite, as only "
2806 "the last assignment for this option \"<literal>::</literal>\" will be "
2807 "used. Future versions of APT will raise errors and stop working if they "
2808 "encounter this misuse, so please correct such statements now while APT "
2809 "doesn't explicitly complain about them."
2810 msgstr ""
2811
2812 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2813 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2814 msgid "The APT Group"
2815 msgstr ""
2816
2817 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2818 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2819 msgid ""
2820 "This group of options controls general APT behavior as well as holding the "
2821 "options for all of the tools."
2822 msgstr ""
2823
2824 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2825 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2826 msgid ""
2827 "System Architecture; sets the architecture to use when fetching files and "
2828 "parsing package lists. The internal default is the architecture apt was "
2829 "compiled for."
2830 msgstr ""
2831
2832 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2833 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2834 msgid ""
2835 "All Architectures the system supports. For instance, CPUs implementing the "
2836 "<literal>amd64</literal> (also called <literal>x86-64</literal>) "
2837 "instruction set are also able to execute binaries compiled for the "
2838 "<literal>i386</literal> (<literal>x86</literal>) instruction set. This list "
2839 "is used when fetching files and parsing package lists. The initial default "
2840 "is always the system's native architecture "
2841 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>), and foreign architectures are added "
2842 "to the default list when they are registered via <command>dpkg "
2843 "--add-architecture</command>."
2844 msgstr ""
2845
2846 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2847 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2848 msgid ""
2849 "List of all build profiles enabled for build-dependency resolution, without "
2850 "the \"<literal>profile.</literal>\" namespace prefix. By default this list "
2851 "is empty. The <envar>DEB_BUILD_PROFILES</envar> as used by "
2852 "&dpkg-buildpackage; overrides the list notation."
2853 msgstr ""
2854
2855 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2856 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2857 msgid ""
2858 "Default release to install packages from if more than one version is "
2859 "available. Contains release name, codename or release version. Examples: "
2860 "'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', '&stable-codename;', '&testing-codename;', "
2861 "'4.0', '5.0*'. See also &apt-preferences;."
2862 msgstr ""
2863
2864 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2865 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2866 msgid ""
2867 "Ignore held packages; this global option causes the problem resolver to "
2868 "ignore held packages in its decision making."
2869 msgstr ""
2870
2871 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2872 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2873 msgid ""
2874 "Defaults to on. When turned on the autoclean feature will remove any "
2875 "packages which can no longer be downloaded from the cache. If turned off "
2876 "then packages that are locally installed are also excluded from cleaning - "
2877 "but note that APT provides no direct means to reinstall them."
2878 msgstr ""
2879
2880 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2881 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2882 msgid ""
2883 "Defaults to on, which will cause APT to install essential and important "
2884 "packages as soon as possible in an install/upgrade operation, in order to "
2885 "limit the effect of a failing &dpkg; call. If this option is disabled, APT "
2886 "treats an important package in the same way as an extra package: between the "
2887 "unpacking of the package A and its configuration there can be many other "
2888 "unpack or configuration calls for other unrelated packages B, C etc. If "
2889 "these cause the &dpkg; call to fail (e.g. because package B's maintainer "
2890 "scripts generate an error), this results in a system state in which package "
2891 "A is unpacked but unconfigured - so any package depending on A is now no "
2892 "longer guaranteed to work, as its dependency on A is no longer satisfied."
2893 msgstr ""
2894
2895 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2896 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2897 msgid ""
2898 "The immediate configuration marker is also applied in the potentially "
2899 "problematic case of circular dependencies, since a dependency with the "
2900 "immediate flag is equivalent to a Pre-Dependency. In theory this allows APT "
2901 "to recognise a situation in which it is unable to perform immediate "
2902 "configuration, abort, and suggest to the user that the option should be "
2903 "temporarily deactivated in order to allow the operation to proceed. Note "
2904 "the use of the word \"theory\" here; in the real world this problem has "
2905 "rarely been encountered, in non-stable distribution versions, and was caused "
2906 "by wrong dependencies of the package in question or by a system in an "
2907 "already broken state; so you should not blindly disable this option, as the "
2908 "scenario mentioned above is not the only problem it can help to prevent in "
2909 "the first place."
2910 msgstr ""
2911
2912 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2913 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2914 msgid ""
2915 "Before a big operation like <literal>dist-upgrade</literal> is run with this "
2916 "option disabled you should try to explicitly <literal>install</literal> the "
2917 "package APT is unable to configure immediately; but please make sure you "
2918 "also report your problem to your distribution and to the APT team with the "
2919 "buglink below, so they can work on improving or correcting the upgrade "
2920 "process."
2921 msgstr ""
2922
2923 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2924 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2925 msgid ""
2926 "Never enable this option unless you <emphasis>really</emphasis> know what "
2927 "you are doing. It permits APT to temporarily remove an essential package to "
2928 "break a Conflicts/Conflicts or Conflicts/Pre-Depends loop between two "
2929 "essential packages. <emphasis>Such a loop should never exist and is a grave "
2930 "bug</emphasis>. This option will work if the essential packages are not "
2931 "<command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, <command>libc</command>, "
2932 "<command>dpkg</command>, <command>dash</command> or anything that those "
2933 "packages depend on."
2934 msgstr ""
2935
2936 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2937 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2938 msgid ""
2939 "APT uses since version 0.7.26 a resizable memory mapped cache file to store "
2940 "the available information. <literal>Cache-Start</literal> acts as a hint of "
2941 "the size the cache will grow to, and is therefore the amount of memory APT "
2942 "will request at startup. The default value is 20971520 bytes (~20 MB). Note "
2943 "that this amount of space needs to be available for APT; otherwise it will "
2944 "likely fail ungracefully, so for memory restricted devices this value should "
2945 "be lowered while on systems with a lot of configured sources it should be "
2946 "increased. <literal>Cache-Grow</literal> defines in bytes with the default "
2947 "of 1048576 (~1 MB) how much the cache size will be increased in the event "
2948 "the space defined by <literal>Cache-Start</literal> is not enough. This "
2949 "value will be applied again and again until either the cache is big enough "
2950 "to store all information or the size of the cache reaches the "
2951 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal>. The default of "
2952 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal> is 0 which stands for no limit. If "
2953 "<literal>Cache-Grow</literal> is set to 0 the automatic growth of the cache "
2954 "is disabled."
2955 msgstr ""
2956
2957 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2958 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2959 msgid "Defines which packages are considered essential build dependencies."
2960 msgstr ""
2961
2962 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2963 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2964 msgid ""
2965 "The Get subsection controls the &apt-get; tool; please see its documentation "
2966 "for more information about the options here."
2967 msgstr ""
2968
2969 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2970 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2971 msgid ""
2972 "The Cache subsection controls the &apt-cache; tool; please see its "
2973 "documentation for more information about the options here."
2974 msgstr ""
2975
2976 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2977 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2978 msgid ""
2979 "The CDROM subsection controls the &apt-cdrom; tool; please see its "
2980 "documentation for more information about the options here."
2981 msgstr ""
2982
2983 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2984 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2985 msgid "The Acquire Group"
2986 msgstr ""
2987
2988 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2989 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2990 msgid ""
2991 "The <literal>Acquire</literal> group of options controls the download of "
2992 "packages as well as the various \"acquire methods\" responsible for the "
2993 "download itself (see also &sources-list;)."
2994 msgstr ""
2995
2996 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2997 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2998 msgid ""
2999 "Security related option defaulting to true, as giving a Release file's "
3000 "validation an expiration date prevents replay attacks over a long timescale, "
3001 "and can also for example help users to identify mirrors that are no longer "
3002 "updated - but the feature depends on the correctness of the clock on the "
3003 "user system. Archive maintainers are encouraged to create Release files with "
3004 "the <literal>Valid-Until</literal> header, but if they don't or a stricter "
3005 "value is desired the <literal>Max-ValidTime</literal> option below can be "
3006 "used. The <option>Check-Valid-Until</option> option of &sources-list; "
3007 "entries should be preferred to disable the check selectively instead of "
3008 "using this global override."
3009 msgstr ""
3010
3011 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3012 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3013 msgid ""
3014 "Maximum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
3015 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
3016 "should be considered valid. If the Release file itself includes a "
3017 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header the earlier date of the two is used as "
3018 "the expiration date. The default value is <literal>0</literal> which stands "
3019 "for \"valid forever\". Archive specific settings can be made by appending "
3020 "the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the same can be "
3021 "achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
3022 "<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> option there."
3023 msgstr ""
3024
3025 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3026 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3027 msgid ""
3028 "Minimum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
3029 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
3030 "should be considered valid. Use this if you need to use a seldom updated "
3031 "(local) mirror of a more frequently updated archive with a "
3032 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header instead of completely disabling the "
3033 "expiration date checking. Archive specific settings can and should be used "
3034 "by appending the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the "
3035 "same can be achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
3036 "<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> option there."
3037 msgstr ""
3038
3039 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3040 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3041 msgid ""
3042 "Try to download deltas called <literal>PDiffs</literal> for indexes (like "
3043 "<filename>Packages</filename> files) instead of downloading whole ones. True "
3044 "by default. Preferably, this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries "
3045 "or index files by using the <option>PDiffs</option> option there."
3046 msgstr ""
3047
3048 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3049 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3050 msgid ""
3051 "Two sub-options to limit the use of PDiffs are also available: "
3052 "<literal>FileLimit</literal> can be used to specify a maximum number of "
3053 "PDiff files should be downloaded to update a "
3054 "file. <literal>SizeLimit</literal> on the other hand is the maximum "
3055 "percentage of the size of all patches compared to the size of the targeted "
3056 "file. If one of these limits is exceeded the complete file is downloaded "
3057 "instead of the patches."
3058 msgstr ""
3059
3060 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3061 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3062 msgid ""
3063 "Try to download indexes via an URI constructed from a hashsum of the "
3064 "expected file rather than downloaded via a well-known stable filename. True "
3065 "by default, but automatically disabled if the source indicates no support "
3066 "for it. Usage can be forced with the special value \"force\". Preferably, "
3067 "this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries or index files by using "
3068 "the <option>By-Hash</option> option there."
3069 msgstr ""
3070
3071 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3072 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3073 msgid ""
3074 "Queuing mode; <literal>Queue-Mode</literal> can be one of "
3075 "<literal>host</literal> or <literal>access</literal> which determines how "
3076 "APT parallelizes outgoing connections. <literal>host</literal> means that "
3077 "one connection per target host will be opened, <literal>access</literal> "
3078 "means that one connection per URI type will be opened."
3079 msgstr ""
3080
3081 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3082 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3083 msgid ""
3084 "Number of retries to perform. If this is non-zero APT will retry failed "
3085 "files the given number of times."
3086 msgstr ""
3087
3088 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3089 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3090 msgid ""
3091 "Use symlinks for source archives. If set to true then source archives will "
3092 "be symlinked when possible instead of copying. True is the default."
3093 msgstr ""
3094
3095 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3096 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3097 msgid ""
3098 "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP "
3099 "URIs. It is in the standard form of "
3100 "<literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies "
3101 "can also be specified by using the form "
3102 "<literal>http::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
3103 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
3104 "settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment variable will "
3105 "be used."
3106 msgstr ""
3107
3108 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3109 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3110 msgid ""
3111 "Three settings are provided for cache control with HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy "
3112 "caches. <literal>No-Cache</literal> tells the proxy not to use its cached "
3113 "response under any circumstances. <literal>Max-Age</literal> sets the "
3114 "allowed maximum age (in seconds) of an index file in the cache of the "
3115 "proxy. <literal>No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not "
3116 "store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent "
3117 "the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files."
3118 msgstr ""
3119
3120 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3121 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt.conf.5.xml:1
3122 msgid ""
3123 "The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the "
3124 "method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data timeout."
3125 msgstr ""
3126
3127 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3128 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3129 msgid ""
3130 "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to "
3131 "enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial "
3132 "e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in "
3133 "a pipeline. APT tries to detect and workaround misbehaving webservers and "
3134 "proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the "
3135 "HTTP/1.1 specification pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to "
3136 "0. It is enabled by default with the value 10."
3137 msgstr ""
3138
3139 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3140 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3141 msgid ""
3142 "<literal>Acquire::http::AllowRedirect</literal> controls whether APT will "
3143 "follow redirects, which is enabled by default."
3144 msgstr ""
3145
3146 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3147 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3148 msgid ""
3149 "The used bandwidth can be limited with "
3150 "<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> which accepts integer values in "
3151 "kilobytes per second. The default value is 0 which deactivates the limit and "
3152 "tries to use all available bandwidth. Note that this option implicitly "
3153 "disables downloading from multiple servers at the same time."
3154 msgstr ""
3155
3156 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3157 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3158 msgid ""
3159 "<literal>Acquire::http::User-Agent</literal> can be used to set a different "
3160 "User-Agent for the http download method as some proxies allow access for "
3161 "clients only if the client uses a known identifier."
3162 msgstr ""
3163
3164 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3165 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3166 msgid ""
3167 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify "
3168 "an external command to discover the http proxy to use. Apt expects the "
3169 "command to output the proxy on stdout in the style "
3170 "<literal>http://proxy:port/</literal>. This will override the generic "
3171 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal> but not any specific host proxy "
3172 "configuration set via <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::$HOST</literal>. See "
3173 "the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example implementation that uses "
3174 "avahi. This option takes precedence over the legacy option name "
3175 "<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>."
3176 msgstr ""
3177
3178 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3179 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3180 msgid ""
3181 "The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, "
3182 "<literal>AllowRedirect</literal>, <literal>Dl-Limit</literal> and "
3183 "<literal>proxy</literal> options work for HTTPS URIs in the same way as for "
3184 "the <literal>http</literal> method, and default to the same values if they "
3185 "are not explicitly set. The <literal>Pipeline-Depth</literal> option is not "
3186 "yet supported."
3187 msgstr ""
3188
3189 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3190 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3191 msgid ""
3192 "<literal>CaInfo</literal> suboption specifies place of file that holds info "
3193 "about trusted certificates. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::CaInfo</literal> is the "
3194 "corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> boolean "
3195 "suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate should be "
3196 "verified against trusted certificates. "
3197 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3198 "option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether "
3199 "or not the server's hostname should be verified. "
3200 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3201 "option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for "
3202 "client authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslCert</literal> is the "
3203 "corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what "
3204 "private key to use for client "
3205 "authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding "
3206 "per-host option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL "
3207 "version to use. It can contain either of the strings "
3208 "'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. "
3209 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslForceVersion</literal> is the corresponding "
3210 "per-host option."
3211 msgstr ""
3212
3213 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3214 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3215 msgid ""
3216 "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP URIs. "
3217 "It is in the standard form of "
3218 "<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can "
3219 "also be specified by using the form "
3220 "<literal>ftp::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
3221 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
3222 "settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable will be "
3223 "used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the "
3224 "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This "
3225 "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to "
3226 "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do "
3227 "this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI "
3228 "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, "
3229 "<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, "
3230 "<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and "
3231 "<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>."
3232 msgstr ""
3233
3234 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3235 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3236 msgid ""
3237 "Several settings are provided to control passive mode. Generally it is safe "
3238 "to leave passive mode on; it works in nearly every environment. However, "
3239 "some situations require that passive mode be disabled and port mode FTP used "
3240 "instead. This can be done globally or for connections that go through a "
3241 "proxy or for a specific host (see the sample config file for examples)."
3242 msgstr ""
3243
3244 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3245 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3246 msgid ""
3247 "It is possible to proxy FTP over HTTP by setting the "
3248 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable to an HTTP URL - see the "
3249 "discussion of the http method above for syntax. You cannot set this in the "
3250 "configuration file and it is not recommended to use FTP over HTTP due to its "
3251 "low efficiency."
3252 msgstr ""
3253
3254 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3255 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3256 msgid ""
3257 "The setting <literal>ForceExtended</literal> controls the use of RFC2428 "
3258 "<literal>EPSV</literal> and <literal>EPRT</literal> commands. The default is "
3259 "false, which means these commands are only used if the control connection is "
3260 "IPv6. Setting this to true forces their use even on IPv4 connections. Note "
3261 "that most FTP servers do not support RFC2428."
3262 msgstr ""
3263
3264 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3265 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3266 #, no-wrap
3267 msgid "/cdrom/::Mount \"foo\";"
3268 msgstr ""
3269
3270 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3271 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3272 msgid ""
3273 "For URIs using the <literal>cdrom</literal> method, the only configurable "
3274 "option is the mount point, <literal>cdrom::Mount</literal>, which must be "
3275 "the mount point for the CD-ROM (or DVD, or whatever) drive as specified in "
3276 "<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It is possible to provide alternate mount "
3277 "and unmount commands if your mount point cannot be listed in the fstab. The "
3278 "syntax is to put <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> within the "
3279 "<literal>cdrom</literal> block. It is important to have the trailing slash. "
3280 "Unmount commands can be specified using UMount."
3281 msgstr ""
3282
3283 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3284 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3285 msgid ""
3286 "For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is "
3287 "<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, which passes additional parameters to "
3288 "gpgv."
3289 msgstr ""
3290
3291 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3292 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3293 #, no-wrap
3294 msgid ""
3295 "Acquire::CompressionTypes::<replaceable>FileExtension</replaceable> "
3296 "\"<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable>\";"
3297 msgstr ""
3298
3299 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3300 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3301 msgid ""
3302 "List of compression types which are understood by the acquire methods. "
3303 "Files like <filename>Packages</filename> can be available in various "
3304 "compression formats. By default the acquire methods can decompress "
3305 "<command>bzip2</command>, <command>lzma</command> and "
3306 "<command>gzip</command> compressed files; with this setting more formats can "
3307 "be added on the fly or the used method can be changed. The syntax for this "
3308 "is: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>"
3309 msgstr ""
3310
3311 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3312 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3313 #, no-wrap
3314 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order:: \"gz\";"
3315 msgstr ""
3316
3317 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3318 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3319 #, no-wrap
3320 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order { \"lzma\"; \"gz\"; };"
3321 msgstr ""
3322
3323 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3324 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3325 msgid ""
3326 "Also, the <literal>Order</literal> subgroup can be used to define in which "
3327 "order the acquire system will try to download the compressed files. The "
3328 "acquire system will try the first and proceed with the next compression type "
3329 "in this list on error, so to prefer one over the other type simply add the "
3330 "preferred type first - default types not already added will be implicitly "
3331 "appended to the end of the list, so e.g. <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" "
3332 "id=\"0\"/> can be used to prefer <command>gzip</command> compressed files "
3333 "over <command>bzip2</command> and <command>lzma</command>. If "
3334 "<command>lzma</command> should be preferred over <command>gzip</command> and "
3335 "<command>bzip2</command> the configure setting should look like this: "
3336 "<placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"1\"/> It is not needed to add "
3337 "<literal>bz2</literal> to the list explicitly as it will be added "
3338 "automatically."
3339 msgstr ""
3340
3341 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3342 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3343 #, no-wrap
3344 msgid "Dir::Bin::bzip2 \"/bin/bzip2\";"
3345 msgstr ""
3346
3347 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3348 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3349 msgid ""
3350 "Note that the "
3351 "<literal>Dir::Bin::<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable></literal> will be "
3352 "checked at run time. If this option has been set, the method will only be "
3353 "used if this file exists; e.g. for the <literal>bzip2</literal> method (the "
3354 "inbuilt) setting is: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> Note "
3355 "also that list entries specified on the command line will be added at the "
3356 "end of the list specified in the configuration files, but before the default "
3357 "entries. To prefer a type in this case over the ones specified in the "
3358 "configuration files you can set the option direct - not in list style. This "
3359 "will not override the defined list; it will only prefix the list with this "
3360 "type."
3361 msgstr ""
3362
3363 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3364 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3365 msgid ""
3366 "The special type <literal>uncompressed</literal> can be used to give "
3367 "uncompressed files a preference, but note that most archives don't provide "
3368 "uncompressed files so this is mostly only useable for local mirrors."
3369 msgstr ""
3370
3371 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3372 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3373 msgid ""
3374 "When downloading <literal>gzip</literal> compressed indexes (Packages, "
3375 "Sources, or Translations), keep them gzip compressed locally instead of "
3376 "unpacking them. This saves quite a lot of disk space at the expense of more "
3377 "CPU requirements when building the local package caches. False by default."
3378 msgstr ""
3379
3380 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3381 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3382 msgid ""
3383 "The Languages subsection controls which <filename>Translation</filename> "
3384 "files are downloaded and in which order APT tries to display the "
3385 "description-translations. APT will try to display the first available "
3386 "description in the language which is listed first. Languages can be defined "
3387 "with their short or long language codes. Note that not all archives provide "
3388 "<filename>Translation</filename> files for every language - the long "
3389 "language codes are especially rare."
3390 msgstr ""
3391
3392 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
3393 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3394 #, no-wrap
3395 msgid "Acquire::Languages { \"environment\"; \"de\"; \"en\"; \"none\"; \"fr\"; };"
3396 msgstr ""
3397
3398 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3399 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3400 msgid ""
3401 "The default list includes \"environment\" and "
3402 "\"en\". \"<literal>environment</literal>\" has a special meaning here: it "
3403 "will be replaced at runtime with the language codes extracted from the "
3404 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> environment variable. It will also ensure "
3405 "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If "
3406 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the "
3407 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To "
3408 "force APT to use no Translation file use the setting "
3409 "<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is "
3410 "another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable "
3411 "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these "
3412 "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment "
3413 "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result "
3414 "in the order \"en, de\" in an English locale or \"de, en\" in a German "
3415 "one. Note that \"fr\" is downloaded, but not used unless APT is used in a "
3416 "French locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\"). <placeholder "
3417 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
3418 msgstr ""
3419
3420 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3421 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3422 msgid ""
3423 "Note: To prevent problems resulting from APT being executed in different "
3424 "environments (e.g. by different users or by other programs) all Translation "
3425 "files which are found in <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists/</filename> will be "
3426 "added to the end of the list (after an implicit "
3427 "\"<literal>none</literal>\")."
3428 msgstr ""
3429
3430 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3431 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3432 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv4 protocol."
3433 msgstr ""
3434
3435 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3436 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3437 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv6 protocol."
3438 msgstr ""
3439
3440 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3441 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3442 msgid ""
3443 "The maximum file size of Release/Release.gpg/InRelease files. The default "
3444 "is 10MB."
3445 msgstr ""
3446
3447 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3448 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3449 msgid ""
3450 "This option controls if apt will use the DNS SRV server record as specified "
3451 "in RFC 2782 to select an alternative server to connect to. The default is "
3452 "\"true\"."
3453 msgstr ""
3454
3455 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3456 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3457 msgid ""
3458 "Allow the update operation to load data files from a repository without a "
3459 "trusted signature. If enabled this option no data files will be loaded and "
3460 "the update operation fails with a error for this source. The default is "
3461 "false for backward compatibility. This will be changed in the future."
3462 msgstr ""
3463
3464 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3465 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3466 msgid ""
3467 "Allow that a repository that was previously gpg signed to become unsigned "
3468 "durign a update operation. When there is no valid signature of a perviously "
3469 "trusted repository apt will refuse the update. This option can be used to "
3470 "override this protection. You almost certainly never want to enable "
3471 "this. The default is false. Note that apt will still consider packages from "
3472 "this source untrusted and warn about them if you try to install them."
3473 msgstr ""
3474
3475 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3476 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3477 msgid "scope"
3478 msgstr ""
3479
3480 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3481 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3482 msgid ""
3483 "Acquiring changelogs can only be done if an URI is known from where to get "
3484 "them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' "
3485 "field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file is "
3486 "used to check if a "
3487 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3488 "or "
3489 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> "
3490 "option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file "
3491 "can be overridden with "
3492 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3493 "or "
3494 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. "
3495 "The value should be a normal URI to a text file, expect that package "
3496 "specific data is replaced with the placeholder "
3497 "<literal>CHANGEPATH</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is "
3498 "from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part "
3499 "otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, expect "
3500 "if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which "
3501 "case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package "
3502 "name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if "
3503 "present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash "
3504 "('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an "
3505 "underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value "
3506 "'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this "
3507 "source can't be used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be "
3508 "tried if available in this case."
3509 msgstr ""
3510
3511 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3512 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3513 msgid "Binary specific configuration"
3514 msgstr ""
3515
3516 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3517 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3518 msgid ""
3519 "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can "
3520 "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options "
3521 "which look like they would effect only a certain binary like "
3522 "<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> "
3523 "as well as <command>apt</command>."
3524 msgstr ""
3525
3526 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3527 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3528 msgid ""
3529 "Setting an option for a specific binary only can be achieved by setting the "
3530 "option inside the "
3531 "<option>Binary::<replaceable>specific-binary</replaceable></option> "
3532 "scope. Setting the option <option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> for the "
3533 "<command>apt</command> only can e.g. by done by setting "
3534 "<option>Binary::apt::APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> instead."
3535 msgstr ""
3536
3537 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3538 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3539 msgid ""
3540 "Note that as seen in the DESCRIPTION section further above you can't set "
3541 "binary-specific options on the commandline itself nor in configuration files "
3542 "loaded via the commandline."
3543 msgstr ""
3544
3545 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3546 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3547 msgid "Directories"
3548 msgstr ""
3549
3550 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3551 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3552 msgid ""
3553 "The <literal>Dir::State</literal> section has directories that pertain to "
3554 "local state information. <literal>lists</literal> is the directory to place "
3555 "downloaded package lists in and <literal>status</literal> is the name of the "
3556 "&dpkg; status file. <literal>preferences</literal> is the name of the APT "
3557 "<filename>preferences</filename> file. <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3558 "contains the default directory to prefix on all sub-items if they do not "
3559 "start with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>./</filename>."
3560 msgstr ""
3561
3562 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3563 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3564 msgid ""
3565 "<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contains locations pertaining to local cache "
3566 "information, such as the two package caches <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> "
3567 "and <literal>pkgcache</literal> as well as the location to place downloaded "
3568 "archives, <literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. Generation of caches can "
3569 "be turned off by setting <literal>pkgcache</literal> or "
3570 "<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> to <literal>\"\"</literal>. This will slow "
3571 "down startup but save disk space. It is probably preferable to turn off the "
3572 "pkgcache rather than the srcpkgcache. Like <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3573 "the default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>"
3574 msgstr ""
3575
3576 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3577 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3578 msgid ""
3579 "<literal>Dir::Etc</literal> contains the location of configuration files, "
3580 "<literal>sourcelist</literal> gives the location of the sourcelist and "
3581 "<literal>main</literal> is the default configuration file (setting has no "
3582 "effect, unless it is done from the config file specified by "
3583 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>)."
3584 msgstr ""
3585
3586 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3587 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3588 msgid ""
3589 "The <literal>Dir::Parts</literal> setting reads in all the config fragments "
3590 "in lexical order from the directory specified. After this is done then the "
3591 "main config file is loaded."
3592 msgstr ""
3593
3594 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3595 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3596 msgid ""
3597 "Binary programs are pointed to by "
3598 "<literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies "
3599 "the location of the method handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, "
3600 "<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, "
3601 "<literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> "
3602 "<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</literal> "
3603 "specify the location of the respective programs."
3604 msgstr ""
3605
3606 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3607 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3608 msgid ""
3609 "The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning. If "
3610 "set, all paths will be relative to <literal>RootDir</literal>, "
3611 "<emphasis>even paths that are specified absolutely</emphasis>. So, for "
3612 "instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> is set to "
3613 "<filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and <literal>Dir::State::status</literal> "
3614 "is set to <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, then the status file "
3615 "will be looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>. "
3616 "If you want to prefix only relative paths, set <literal>Dir</literal> "
3617 "instead."
3618 msgstr ""
3619
3620 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3621 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3622 msgid ""
3623 "The <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> list can be used to specify "
3624 "which files APT should silently ignore while parsing the files in the "
3625 "fragment directories. Per default a file which end with "
3626 "<literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>.bak</literal> "
3627 "or <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> is silently ignored. As seen in the last "
3628 "default value these patterns can use regular expression syntax."
3629 msgstr ""
3630
3631 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3632 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3633 msgid "APT in DSelect"
3634 msgstr ""
3635
3636 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3637 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3638 msgid ""
3639 "When APT is used as a &dselect; method several configuration directives "
3640 "control the default behavior. These are in the <literal>DSelect</literal> "
3641 "section."
3642 msgstr ""
3643
3644 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3645 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3646 msgid ""
3647 "Cache Clean mode; this value may be one of <literal>always</literal>, "
3648 "<literal>prompt</literal>, <literal>auto</literal>, "
3649 "<literal>pre-auto</literal> and <literal>never</literal>. "
3650 "<literal>always</literal> and <literal>prompt</literal> will remove all "
3651 "packages from the cache after upgrading, <literal>prompt</literal> (the "
3652 "default) does so conditionally. <literal>auto</literal> removes only those "
3653 "packages which are no longer downloadable (replaced with a new version for "
3654 "instance). <literal>pre-auto</literal> performs this action before "
3655 "downloading new packages."
3656 msgstr ""
3657
3658 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3659 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3660 msgid ""
3661 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3662 "options when it is run for the install phase."
3663 msgstr ""
3664
3665 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3666 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3667 msgid ""
3668 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3669 "options when it is run for the update phase."
3670 msgstr ""
3671
3672 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3673 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3674 msgid ""
3675 "If true the [U]pdate operation in &dselect; will always prompt to continue. "
3676 "The default is to prompt only on error."
3677 msgstr ""
3678
3679 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3680 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3681 msgid "How APT calls &dpkg;"
3682 msgstr ""
3683
3684 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3685 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3686 msgid ""
3687 "Several configuration directives control how APT invokes &dpkg;. These are "
3688 "in the <literal>DPkg</literal> section."
3689 msgstr ""
3690
3691 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3692 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3693 msgid ""
3694 "This is a list of options to pass to &dpkg;. The options must be specified "
3695 "using the list notation and each list item is passed as a single argument to "
3696 "&dpkg;."
3697 msgstr ""
3698
3699 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3700 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3701 msgid ""
3702 "This is a list of shell commands to run before/after invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3703 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3704 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3705 "fail APT will abort."
3706 msgstr ""
3707
3708 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3709 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3710 msgid ""
3711 "This is a list of shell commands to run before invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3712 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3713 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3714 "fail APT will abort. APT will pass the filenames of all .deb files it is "
3715 "going to install to the commands, one per line on the requested file "
3716 "descriptor, defaulting to standard input."
3717 msgstr ""
3718
3719 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3720 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3721 msgid ""
3722 "Version 2 of this protocol sends more information through the requested file "
3723 "descriptor: a line with the text <literal>VERSION 2</literal>, the APT "
3724 "configuration space, and a list of package actions with filename and version "
3725 "information."
3726 msgstr ""
3727
3728 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3729 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3730 msgid ""
3731 "Each configuration directive line has the form "
3732 "<literal>key=value</literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, "
3733 "nonprintable characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in "
3734 "<literal>key</literal> and newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent "
3735 "signs in <literal>value</literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by "
3736 "multiple <literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The "
3737 "configuration section ends with a blank line."
3738 msgstr ""
3739
3740 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3741 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3742 msgid ""
3743 "Package action lines consist of five fields in Version 2: old version, "
3744 "direction of version change (&lt; for upgrades, &gt; for downgrades, = for "
3745 "no change), new version, action. The version fields are \"-\" for no version "
3746 "at all (for example when installing a package for the first time; no version "
3747 "is treated as earlier than any real version, so that is an upgrade, "
3748 "indicated as <literal>- &lt; 1.23.4</literal>). The action field is "
3749 "\"**CONFIGURE**\" if the package is being configured, \"**REMOVE**\" if it "
3750 "is being removed, or the filename of a .deb file if it is being unpacked."
3751 msgstr ""
3752
3753 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3754 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3755 msgid ""
3756 "In Version 3 after each version field follows the architecture of this "
3757 "version, which is \"-\" if there is no version, and a field showing the "
3758 "MultiArch type \"same\", foreign\", \"allowed\" or \"none\". Note that "
3759 "\"none\" is an incorrect typename which is just kept to remain compatible, "
3760 "it should be read as \"no\" and users are encouraged to support both."
3761 msgstr ""
3762
3763 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3764 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3765 msgid ""
3766 "The version of the protocol to be used for the command "
3767 "<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> can be chosen by setting "
3768 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> "
3769 "accordingly, the default being version 1. If APT isn't supporting the "
3770 "requested version it will send the information in the highest version it has "
3771 "support for instead."
3772 msgstr ""
3773
3774 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3775 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3776 msgid ""
3777 "The file descriptor to be used to send the information can be requested with "
3778 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> "
3779 "which defaults to <literal>0</literal> for standard input and is available "
3780 "since version 0.9.11. Support for the option can be detected by looking for "
3781 "the environment variable <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> which contains the "
3782 "number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation."
3783 msgstr ""
3784
3785 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3786 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3787 msgid ""
3788 "APT chdirs to this directory before invoking &dpkg;, the default is "
3789 "<filename>/</filename>."
3790 msgstr ""
3791
3792 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3793 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3794 msgid ""
3795 "These options are passed to &dpkg-buildpackage; when compiling packages; the "
3796 "default is to disable signing and produce all binaries."
3797 msgstr ""
3798
3799 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
3800 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3801 msgid "dpkg trigger usage (and related options)"
3802 msgstr ""
3803
3804 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3805 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3806 msgid ""
3807 "APT can call &dpkg; in such a way as to let it make aggressive use of "
3808 "triggers over multiple calls of &dpkg;. Without further options &dpkg; will "
3809 "use triggers once each time it runs. Activating these options can therefore "
3810 "decrease the time needed to perform the install or upgrade. Note that it is "
3811 "intended to activate these options per default in the future, but as it "
3812 "drastically changes the way APT calls &dpkg; it needs a lot more testing. "
3813 "<emphasis>These options are therefore currently experimental and should not "
3814 "be used in production environments.</emphasis> It also breaks progress "
3815 "reporting such that all front-ends will currently stay around half (or more) "
3816 "of the time in the 100% state while it actually configures all packages."
3817 msgstr ""
3818
3819 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><literallayout>
3820 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3821 #, no-wrap
3822 msgid ""
3823 "DPkg::NoTriggers \"true\";\n"
3824 "PackageManager::Configure \"smart\";\n"
3825 "DPkg::ConfigurePending \"true\";\n"
3826 "DPkg::TriggersPending \"true\";"
3827 msgstr ""
3828
3829 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3830 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3831 msgid ""
3832 "Note that it is not guaranteed that APT will support these options or that "
3833 "these options will not cause (big) trouble in the future. If you have "
3834 "understand the current risks and problems with these options, but are brave "
3835 "enough to help testing them, create a new configuration file and test a "
3836 "combination of options. Please report any bugs, problems and improvements "
3837 "you encounter and make sure to note which options you have used in your "
3838 "reports. Asking &dpkg; for help could also be useful for debugging proposes, "
3839 "see e.g. <command>dpkg --audit</command>. A defensive option combination "
3840 "would be <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3841 msgstr ""
3842
3843 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3844 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3845 msgid ""
3846 "Add the no triggers flag to all &dpkg; calls (except the ConfigurePending "
3847 "call). See &dpkg; if you are interested in what this actually means. In "
3848 "short: &dpkg; will not run the triggers when this flag is present unless it "
3849 "is explicitly called to do so in an extra call. Note that this option "
3850 "exists (undocumented) also in older APT versions with a slightly different "
3851 "meaning: Previously these option only append --no-triggers to the configure "
3852 "calls to &dpkg; - now APT will also add this flag to the unpack and remove "
3853 "calls."
3854 msgstr ""
3855
3856 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3857 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3858 msgid ""
3859 "Valid values are \"<literal>all</literal>\", \"<literal>smart</literal>\" "
3860 "and \"<literal>no</literal>\". The default value is "
3861 "\"<literal>all</literal>\", which causes APT to configure all packages. The "
3862 "\"<literal>smart</literal>\" way is to configure only packages which need to "
3863 "be configured before another package can be unpacked (Pre-Depends), and let "
3864 "the rest be configured by &dpkg; with a call generated by the "
3865 "ConfigurePending option (see below). On the other hand, "
3866 "\"<literal>no</literal>\" will not configure anything, and totally relies on "
3867 "&dpkg; for configuration (which at the moment will fail if a Pre-Depends is "
3868 "encountered). Setting this option to any value other than "
3869 "<literal>all</literal> will implicitly also activate the next option by "
3870 "default, as otherwise the system could end in an unconfigured and "
3871 "potentially unbootable state."
3872 msgstr ""
3873
3874 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3875 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3876 msgid ""
3877 "If this option is set APT will call <command>dpkg --configure "
3878 "--pending</command> to let &dpkg; handle all required configurations and "
3879 "triggers. This option is activated automatically per default if the previous "
3880 "option is not set to <literal>all</literal>, but deactivating it could be "
3881 "useful if you want to run APT multiple times in a row - e.g. in an "
3882 "installer. In these sceneries you could deactivate this option in all but "
3883 "the last run."
3884 msgstr ""
3885
3886 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3887 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3888 msgid ""
3889 "Useful for the <literal>smart</literal> configuration as a package which has "
3890 "pending triggers is not considered as <literal>installed</literal>, and "
3891 "&dpkg; treats them as <literal>unpacked</literal> currently which is a "
3892 "showstopper for Pre-Dependencies (see debbugs #526774). Note that this will "
3893 "process all triggers, not only the triggers needed to configure this "
3894 "package."
3895 msgstr ""
3896
3897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3898 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3899 #, no-wrap
3900 msgid ""
3901 "OrderList::Score {\n"
3902 "\tDelete 500;\n"
3903 "\tEssential 200;\n"
3904 "\tImmediate 10;\n"
3905 "\tPreDepends 50;\n"
3906 "};"
3907 msgstr ""
3908
3909 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3910 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3911 msgid ""
3912 "Essential packages (and their dependencies) should be configured immediately "
3913 "after unpacking. It is a good idea to do this quite early in the upgrade "
3914 "process as these configure calls also currently require "
3915 "<literal>DPkg::TriggersPending</literal> which will run quite a few triggers "
3916 "(which may not be needed). Essentials get per default a high score but the "
3917 "immediate flag is relatively low (a package which has a Pre-Depends is rated "
3918 "higher). These option and the others in the same group can be used to "
3919 "change the scoring. The following example shows the settings with their "
3920 "default values. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3921 msgstr ""
3922
3923 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3924 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3925 msgid "Periodic and Archives options"
3926 msgstr ""
3927
3928 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3929 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3930 msgid ""
3931 "<literal>APT::Periodic</literal> and <literal>APT::Archives</literal> groups "
3932 "of options configure behavior of apt periodic updates, which is done by the "
3933 "<literal>/etc/cron.daily/apt</literal> script. See the top of this script "
3934 "for the brief documentation of these options."
3935 msgstr ""
3936
3937 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3938 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3939 msgid "Debug options"
3940 msgstr ""
3941
3942 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3943 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3944 msgid ""
3945 "Enabling options in the <literal>Debug::</literal> section will cause "
3946 "debugging information to be sent to the standard error stream of the program "
3947 "utilizing the <literal>apt</literal> libraries, or enable special program "
3948 "modes that are primarily useful for debugging the behavior of "
3949 "<literal>apt</literal>. Most of these options are not interesting to a "
3950 "normal user, but a few may be:"
3951 msgstr ""
3952
3953 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3954 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3955 msgid ""
3956 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> enables output about the "
3957 "decisions made by <literal>dist-upgrade, upgrade, install, remove, "
3958 "purge</literal>."
3959 msgstr ""
3960
3961 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3962 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3963 msgid ""
3964 "<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal> disables all file locking. This can be "
3965 "used to run some operations (for instance, <literal>apt-get -s "
3966 "install</literal>) as a non-root user."
3967 msgstr ""
3968
3969 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3970 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3971 msgid ""
3972 "<literal>Debug::pkgDPkgPM</literal> prints out the actual command line each "
3973 "time that <literal>apt</literal> invokes &dpkg;."
3974 msgstr ""
3975
3976 #. TODO: provide a
3977 #. motivating example, except I haven't a clue why you'd want
3978 #. to do this.
3979 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3980 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3981 msgid ""
3982 "<literal>Debug::IdentCdrom</literal> disables the inclusion of statfs data "
3983 "in CD-ROM IDs."
3984 msgstr ""
3985
3986 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3987 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3988 msgid "A full list of debugging options to apt follows."
3989 msgstr ""
3990
3991 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3992 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3993 msgid "Print information related to accessing <literal>cdrom://</literal> sources."
3994 msgstr ""
3995
3996 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3997 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3998 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using FTP."
3999 msgstr ""
4000
4001 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4002 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4003 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTP."
4004 msgstr ""
4005
4006 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4007 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4008 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTPS."
4009 msgstr ""
4010
4011 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4012 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4013 msgid ""
4014 "Print information related to verifying cryptographic signatures using "
4015 "<literal>gpg</literal>."
4016 msgstr ""
4017
4018 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4019 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4020 msgid ""
4021 "Output information about the process of accessing collections of packages "
4022 "stored on CD-ROMs."
4023 msgstr ""
4024
4025 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4026 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4027 msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;."
4028 msgstr ""
4029
4030 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4031 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4032 msgid ""
4033 "Output each cryptographic hash that is generated by the "
4034 "<literal>apt</literal> libraries."
4035 msgstr ""
4036
4037 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4038 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4039 msgid ""
4040 "Do not include information from <literal>statfs</literal>, namely the number "
4041 "of used and free blocks on the CD-ROM filesystem, when generating an ID for "
4042 "a CD-ROM."
4043 msgstr ""
4044
4045 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4046 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4047 msgid ""
4048 "Disable all file locking. For instance, this will allow two instances of "
4049 "<quote><literal>apt-get update</literal></quote> to run at the same time."
4050 msgstr ""
4051
4052 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4053 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4054 msgid "Log when items are added to or removed from the global download queue."
4055 msgstr ""
4056
4057 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4058 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4059 msgid ""
4060 "Output status messages and errors related to verifying checksums and "
4061 "cryptographic signatures of downloaded files."
4062 msgstr ""
4063
4064 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4065 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4066 msgid ""
4067 "Output information about downloading and applying package index list diffs, "
4068 "and errors relating to package index list diffs."
4069 msgstr ""
4070
4071 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4072 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4073 msgid ""
4074 "Output information related to patching apt package lists when downloading "
4075 "index diffs instead of full indices."
4076 msgstr ""
4077
4078 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4079 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4080 msgid "Log all interactions with the sub-processes that actually perform downloads."
4081 msgstr ""
4082
4083 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4084 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4085 msgid ""
4086 "Log events related to the automatically-installed status of packages and to "
4087 "the removal of unused packages."
4088 msgstr ""
4089
4090 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4091 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4092 msgid ""
4093 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically "
4094 "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial "
4095 "auto-install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, "
4096 "and not to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see "
4097 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that."
4098 msgstr ""
4099
4100 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4101 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4102 msgid ""
4103 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are marked as "
4104 "keep/install/remove while the ProblemResolver does his work. Each addition "
4105 "or deletion may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two "
4106 "additional spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is "
4107 "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or "
4108 "<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name &lt;a.b.c "
4109 "-&gt; d.e.f | x.y.z&gt; (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> "
4110 "is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the "
4111 "version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer "
4112 "version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin "
4113 "score). The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same "
4114 "as the installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the "
4115 "section the package appears in."
4116 msgstr ""
4117
4118 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4119 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4120 msgid ""
4121 "When invoking &dpkg;, output the precise command line with which it is being "
4122 "invoked, with arguments separated by a single space character."
4123 msgstr ""
4124
4125 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4126 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4127 msgid ""
4128 "Output all the data received from &dpkg; on the status file descriptor and "
4129 "any errors encountered while parsing it."
4130 msgstr ""
4131
4132 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4133 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4134 msgid ""
4135 "Generate a trace of the algorithm that decides the order in which "
4136 "<literal>apt</literal> should pass packages to &dpkg;."
4137 msgstr ""
4138
4139 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4140 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4141 msgid "Output status messages tracing the steps performed when invoking &dpkg;."
4142 msgstr ""
4143
4144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4145 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4146 msgid "Output the priority of each package list on startup."
4147 msgstr ""
4148
4149 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4150 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4151 msgid ""
4152 "Trace the execution of the dependency resolver (this applies only to what "
4153 "happens when a complex dependency problem is encountered)."
4154 msgstr ""
4155
4156 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4157 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4158 msgid ""
4159 "Display a list of all installed packages with their calculated score used by "
4160 "the pkgProblemResolver. The description of the package is the same as "
4161 "described in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal>"
4162 msgstr ""
4163
4164 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4165 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4166 msgid ""
4167 "Print information about the vendors read from "
4168 "<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename>."
4169 msgstr ""
4170
4171 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4172 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4173 msgid ""
4174 "Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes "
4175 "e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or "
4176 "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>."
4177 msgstr ""
4178
4179 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4180 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
4181 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
4182 msgid "Examples"
4183 msgstr ""
4184
4185 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4186 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4187 msgid ""
4188 "&configureindex; is a configuration file showing example values for all "
4189 "possible options."
4190 msgstr ""
4191
4192 #. ? reading apt.conf
4193 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4194 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4195 msgid "&apt-cache;, &apt-config;, &apt-preferences;."
4196 msgstr ""
4197
4198 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
4199 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4200 msgid "Preference control file for APT"
4201 msgstr ""
4202
4203 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4204 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4205 msgid ""
4206 "The APT preferences file <filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> and the "
4207 "fragment files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename> folder "
4208 "can be used to control which versions of packages will be selected for "
4209 "installation."
4210 msgstr ""
4211
4212 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4213 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4214 msgid ""
4215 "Several versions of a package may be available for installation when the "
4216 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one distribution (for "
4217 "example, <literal>stable</literal> and <literal>testing</literal>). APT "
4218 "assigns a priority to each version that is available. Subject to dependency "
4219 "constraints, <command>apt-get</command> selects the version with the highest "
4220 "priority for installation. The APT preferences override the priorities that "
4221 "APT assigns to package versions by default, thus giving the user control "
4222 "over which one is selected for installation."
4223 msgstr ""
4224
4225 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4226 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4227 msgid ""
4228 "Several instances of the same version of a package may be available when the "
4229 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one source. In this "
4230 "case <command>apt-get</command> downloads the instance listed earliest in "
4231 "the &sources-list; file. The APT preferences do not affect the choice of "
4232 "instance, only the choice of version."
4233 msgstr ""
4234
4235 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4236 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4237 msgid ""
4238 "Preferences are a strong power in the hands of a system administrator but "
4239 "they can become also their biggest nightmare if used without care! APT will "
4240 "not question the preferences, so wrong settings can lead to uninstallable "
4241 "packages or wrong decisions while upgrading packages. Even more problems "
4242 "will arise if multiple distribution releases are mixed without a good "
4243 "understanding of the following paragraphs. Packages included in a specific "
4244 "release aren't tested in (and therefore don't always work as expected in) "
4245 "older or newer releases, or together with other packages from different "
4246 "releases. You have been warned."
4247 msgstr ""
4248
4249 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4250 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4251 msgid ""
4252 "Note that the files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d</filename> "
4253 "directory are parsed in alphanumeric ascending order and need to obey the "
4254 "following naming convention: The files have either no or "
4255 "\"<literal>pref</literal>\" as filename extension and only contain "
4256 "alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and period (.) characters. "
4257 "Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
4258 "file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
4259 "configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
4260 msgstr ""
4261
4262 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4263 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4264 msgid "APT's Default Priority Assignments"
4265 msgstr ""
4266
4267 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4268 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4269 #, no-wrap
4270 msgid ""
4271 "<command>apt-get install -t testing "
4272 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command>\n"
4273 msgstr ""
4274
4275 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4276 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4277 #, no-wrap
4278 msgid "APT::Default-Release \"stable\";\n"
4279 msgstr ""
4280
4281 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4282 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4283 msgid ""
4284 "If there is no preferences file or if there is no entry in the file that "
4285 "applies to a particular version then the priority assigned to that version "
4286 "is the priority of the distribution to which that version belongs. It is "
4287 "possible to single out a distribution, \"the target release\", which "
4288 "receives a higher priority than other distributions do by default. The "
4289 "target release can be set on the <command>apt-get</command> command line or "
4290 "in the APT configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename>. Note "
4291 "that this has precedence over any general priority you set in the "
4292 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> file described later, but not over "
4293 "specifically pinned packages. For example, <placeholder "
4294 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4295 "id=\"1\"/>"
4296 msgstr ""
4297
4298 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4299 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4300 msgid ""
4301 "If the target release has been specified then APT uses the following "
4302 "algorithm to set the priorities of the versions of a package. Assign:"
4303 msgstr ""
4304
4305 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4306 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4307 msgid "priority 1"
4308 msgstr ""
4309
4310 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4311 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4312 msgid ""
4313 "to the versions coming from archives which in their "
4314 "<filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" but "
4315 "<emphasis>not</emphasis> as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4316 "<literal>experimental</literal> archive."
4317 msgstr ""
4318
4319 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4320 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4321 msgid "priority 100"
4322 msgstr ""
4323
4324 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4325 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4326 msgid ""
4327 "to the version that is already installed (if any) and to the versions coming "
4328 "from archives which in their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked "
4329 "as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" and \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4330 "backports archive since <literal>squeeze-backports</literal>."
4331 msgstr ""
4332
4333 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4334 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4335 msgid "priority 500"
4336 msgstr ""
4337
4338 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4339 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4340 msgid "to the versions that do not belong to the target release."
4341 msgstr ""
4342
4343 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4344 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4345 msgid "priority 990"
4346 msgstr ""
4347
4348 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4349 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4350 msgid "to the versions that belong to the target release."
4351 msgstr ""
4352
4353 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4354 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4355 msgid ""
4356 "The highest of those priorities whose description matches the version is "
4357 "assigned to the version."
4358 msgstr ""
4359
4360 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4361 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4362 msgid ""
4363 "If the target release has not been specified then APT simply assigns "
4364 "priority 100 to all installed package versions and priority 500 to all "
4365 "uninstalled package versions, except versions coming from archives which in "
4366 "their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" "
4367 "- these versions get the priority 1 or priority 100 if it is additionally "
4368 "marked as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\"."
4369 msgstr ""
4370
4371 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4372 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4373 msgid ""
4374 "APT then applies the following rules, listed in order of precedence, to "
4375 "determine which version of a package to install."
4376 msgstr ""
4377
4378 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4379 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4380 msgid ""
4381 "Never downgrade unless the priority of an available version exceeds 1000. "
4382 "(\"Downgrading\" is installing a less recent version of a package in place "
4383 "of a more recent version. Note that none of APT's default priorities "
4384 "exceeds 1000; such high priorities can only be set in the preferences file. "
4385 "Note also that downgrading a package can be risky.)"
4386 msgstr ""
4387
4388 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4389 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4390 msgid "Install the highest priority version."
4391 msgstr ""
4392
4393 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4394 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4395 msgid ""
4396 "If two or more versions have the same priority, install the most recent one "
4397 "(that is, the one with the higher version number)."
4398 msgstr ""
4399
4400 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4401 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4402 msgid ""
4403 "If two or more versions have the same priority and version number but either "
4404 "the packages differ in some of their metadata or the "
4405 "<literal>--reinstall</literal> option is given, install the uninstalled one."
4406 msgstr ""
4407
4408 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4409 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4410 msgid ""
4411 "In a typical situation, the installed version of a package (priority 100) "
4412 "is not as recent as one of the versions available from the sources listed in "
4413 "the &sources-list; file (priority 500 or 990). Then the package will be "
4414 "upgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4415 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4416 "upgrade</command> is executed."
4417 msgstr ""
4418
4419 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4420 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4421 msgid ""
4422 "More rarely, the installed version of a package is <emphasis>more</emphasis> "
4423 "recent than any of the other available versions. The package will not be "
4424 "downgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4425 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4426 "upgrade</command> is executed."
4427 msgstr ""
4428
4429 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4430 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4431 msgid ""
4432 "Sometimes the installed version of a package is more recent than the version "
4433 "belonging to the target release, but not as recent as a version belonging to "
4434 "some other distribution. Such a package will indeed be upgraded when "
4435 "<command>apt-get install <replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> "
4436 "or <command>apt-get upgrade</command> is executed, because at least "
4437 "<emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available versions has a higher priority "
4438 "than the installed version."
4439 msgstr ""
4440
4441 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4442 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4443 msgid "The Effect of APT Preferences"
4444 msgstr ""
4445
4446 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4447 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4448 msgid ""
4449 "The APT preferences file allows the system administrator to control the "
4450 "assignment of priorities. The file consists of one or more multi-line "
4451 "records separated by blank lines. Records can have one of two forms, a "
4452 "specific form and a general form."
4453 msgstr ""
4454
4455 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4456 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4457 msgid ""
4458 "The specific form assigns a priority (a \"Pin-Priority\") to one or more "
4459 "specified packages with a specified version or version range. For example, "
4460 "the following record assigns a high priority to all versions of the "
4461 "<filename>perl</filename> package whose version number begins with "
4462 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". Multiple packages can be separated by "
4463 "spaces."
4464 msgstr ""
4465
4466 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4467 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4468 #, no-wrap
4469 msgid ""
4470 "Package: perl\n"
4471 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4472 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4473 msgstr ""
4474
4475 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4476 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4477 msgid ""
4478 "The general form assigns a priority to all of the package versions in a "
4479 "given distribution (that is, to all the versions of packages that are listed "
4480 "in a certain <filename>Release</filename> file) or to all of the package "
4481 "versions coming from a particular Internet site, as identified by the site's "
4482 "fully qualified domain name."
4483 msgstr ""
4484
4485 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4486 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4487 msgid ""
4488 "This general-form entry in the APT preferences file applies only to groups "
4489 "of packages. For example, the following record assigns a high priority to "
4490 "all package versions available from the local site."
4491 msgstr ""
4492
4493 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4494 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4495 #, no-wrap
4496 msgid ""
4497 "Package: *\n"
4498 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4499 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4500 msgstr ""
4501
4502 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4503 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4504 msgid ""
4505 "A note of caution: the keyword used here is \"<literal>origin</literal>\" "
4506 "which can be used to match a hostname. The following record will assign a "
4507 "high priority to all versions available from the server identified by the "
4508 "hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\""
4509 msgstr ""
4510
4511 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4512 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4513 #, no-wrap
4514 msgid ""
4515 "Package: *\n"
4516 "Pin: origin \"ftp.de.debian.org\"\n"
4517 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4518 msgstr ""
4519
4520 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4521 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4522 msgid ""
4523 "This should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be confused with the Origin of a "
4524 "distribution as specified in a <filename>Release</filename> file. What "
4525 "follows the \"Origin:\" tag in a <filename>Release</filename> file is not an "
4526 "Internet address but an author or vendor name, such as \"Debian\" or "
4527 "\"Ximian\"."
4528 msgstr ""
4529
4530 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4531 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4532 msgid ""
4533 "The following record assigns a low priority to all package versions "
4534 "belonging to any distribution whose Archive name is "
4535 "\"<literal>unstable</literal>\"."
4536 msgstr ""
4537
4538 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4539 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4540 #, no-wrap
4541 msgid ""
4542 "Package: *\n"
4543 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
4544 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4545 msgstr ""
4546
4547 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4548 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4549 msgid ""
4550 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4551 "belonging to any distribution whose Codename is "
4552 "\"<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>\"."
4553 msgstr ""
4554
4555 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4556 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4557 #, no-wrap
4558 msgid ""
4559 "Package: *\n"
4560 "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4561 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4562 msgstr ""
4563
4564 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4565 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4566 msgid ""
4567 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4568 "belonging to any release whose Archive name is \"<literal>stable</literal>\" "
4569 "and whose release Version number is \"<literal>&stable-version;</literal>\"."
4570 msgstr ""
4571
4572 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4573 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4574 #, no-wrap
4575 msgid ""
4576 "Package: *\n"
4577 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4578 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4579 msgstr ""
4580
4581 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4582 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4583 msgid ""
4584 "The effect of the comma operator is similar to an \"and\" in logic: All "
4585 "conditions must be satisfied for the pin to match. There is one exception: "
4586 "For any type of condition (such as two \"a\" conditions), only the last such "
4587 "condition is checked."
4588 msgstr ""
4589
4590 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4591 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4592 msgid "Regular expressions and &glob; syntax"
4593 msgstr ""
4594
4595 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4596 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4597 msgid ""
4598 "APT also supports pinning by &glob; expressions, and regular expressions "
4599 "surrounded by slashes. For example, the following example assigns the "
4600 "priority 500 to all packages from experimental where the name starts with "
4601 "gnome (as a &glob;-like expression) or contains the word kde (as a POSIX "
4602 "extended regular expression surrounded by slashes)."
4603 msgstr ""
4604
4605 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4606 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4607 #, no-wrap
4608 msgid ""
4609 "Package: gnome* /kde/\n"
4610 "Pin: release a=experimental\n"
4611 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4612 msgstr ""
4613
4614 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4615 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4616 msgid ""
4617 "The rule for those expressions is that they can occur anywhere where a "
4618 "string can occur. Thus, the following pin assigns the priority 990 to all "
4619 "packages from a release starting with &ubuntu-codename;."
4620 msgstr ""
4621
4622 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4623 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4624 #, no-wrap
4625 msgid ""
4626 "Package: *\n"
4627 "Pin: release n=&ubuntu-codename;*\n"
4628 "Pin-Priority: 990\n"
4629 msgstr ""
4630
4631 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4632 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4633 msgid ""
4634 "If a regular expression occurs in a <literal>Package</literal> field, the "
4635 "behavior is the same as if this regular expression were replaced with a list "
4636 "of all package names it matches. It is undecided whether this will change in "
4637 "the future; thus you should always list wild-card pins first, so later "
4638 "specific pins override it. The pattern \"<literal>*</literal>\" in a "
4639 "Package field is not considered a &glob; expression in itself."
4640 msgstr ""
4641
4642 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4643 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4644 msgid "How APT Interprets Priorities"
4645 msgstr ""
4646
4647 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4648 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4649 msgid ""
4650 "Priorities (P) assigned in the APT preferences file must be positive or "
4651 "negative integers. They are interpreted as follows (roughly speaking):"
4652 msgstr ""
4653
4654 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4655 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4656 msgid "P &gt;= 1000"
4657 msgstr ""
4658
4659 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4660 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4661 msgid ""
4662 "causes a version to be installed even if this constitutes a downgrade of the "
4663 "package"
4664 msgstr ""
4665
4666 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4667 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4668 msgid "990 &lt;= P &lt; 1000"
4669 msgstr ""
4670
4671 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4672 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4673 msgid ""
4674 "causes a version to be installed even if it does not come from the target "
4675 "release, unless the installed version is more recent"
4676 msgstr ""
4677
4678 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4679 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4680 msgid "500 &lt;= P &lt; 990"
4681 msgstr ""
4682
4683 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4684 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4685 msgid ""
4686 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4687 "belonging to the target release or the installed version is more recent"
4688 msgstr ""
4689
4690 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4691 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4692 msgid "100 &lt;= P &lt; 500"
4693 msgstr ""
4694
4695 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4696 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4697 msgid ""
4698 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4699 "belonging to some other distribution or the installed version is more recent"
4700 msgstr ""
4701
4702 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4703 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4704 msgid "0 &lt; P &lt; 100"
4705 msgstr ""
4706
4707 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4708 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4709 msgid ""
4710 "causes a version to be installed only if there is no installed version of "
4711 "the package"
4712 msgstr ""
4713
4714 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4715 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4716 msgid "P &lt; 0"
4717 msgstr ""
4718
4719 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4720 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4721 msgid "prevents the version from being installed"
4722 msgstr ""
4723
4724 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4725 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4726 msgid "P = 0"
4727 msgstr ""
4728
4729 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4730 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4731 msgid "has undefined behaviour, do not use it."
4732 msgstr ""
4733
4734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4735 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4736 msgid ""
4737 "The first specific-form record matching an available package version "
4738 "determines the priority of the package version. Failing that, the priority "
4739 "of the package is defined as the maximum of all priorities defined by "
4740 "generic-form records matching the version. Records defined using patterns "
4741 "in the Pin field other than \"*\" are treated like specific-form records."
4742 msgstr ""
4743
4744 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4745 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4746 msgid ""
4747 "For example, suppose the APT preferences file contains the three records "
4748 "presented earlier:"
4749 msgstr ""
4750
4751 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4752 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4753 #, no-wrap
4754 msgid ""
4755 "Package: perl\n"
4756 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4757 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4758 "\n"
4759 "Package: *\n"
4760 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4761 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4762 "\n"
4763 "Package: *\n"
4764 "Pin: release unstable\n"
4765 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4766 msgstr ""
4767
4768 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4769 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4770 msgid "Then:"
4771 msgstr ""
4772
4773 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4774 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4775 msgid ""
4776 "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package "
4777 "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with "
4778 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> "
4779 "&good-perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the "
4780 "installed version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be "
4781 "downgraded."
4782 msgstr ""
4783
4784 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4785 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4786 msgid ""
4787 "A version of any package other than <literal>perl</literal> that is "
4788 "available from the local system has priority over other versions, even "
4789 "versions belonging to the target release."
4790 msgstr ""
4791
4792 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4793 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4794 msgid ""
4795 "A version of a package whose origin is not the local system but some other "
4796 "site listed in &sources-list; and which belongs to an "
4797 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution is only installed if it is selected "
4798 "for installation and no version of the package is already installed."
4799 msgstr ""
4800
4801 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4802 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4803 msgid "Determination of Package Version and Distribution Properties"
4804 msgstr ""
4805
4806 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4807 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4808 msgid ""
4809 "The locations listed in the &sources-list; file should provide "
4810 "<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> files to "
4811 "describe the packages available at that location."
4812 msgstr ""
4813
4814 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4815 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4816 msgid ""
4817 "The <filename>Packages</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4818 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>component</replaceable>/<replaceable>arch</replaceable></filename>: "
4819 "for example, "
4820 "<filename>.../dists/stable/main/binary-i386/Packages</filename>. It "
4821 "consists of a series of multi-line records, one for each package available "
4822 "in that directory. Only two lines in each record are relevant for setting "
4823 "APT priorities:"
4824 msgstr ""
4825
4826 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4827 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4828 msgid "the <literal>Package:</literal> line"
4829 msgstr ""
4830
4831 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4832 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4833 msgid "gives the package name"
4834 msgstr ""
4835
4836 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4837 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4838 msgid "the <literal>Version:</literal> line"
4839 msgstr ""
4840
4841 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4842 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4843 msgid "gives the version number for the named package"
4844 msgstr ""
4845
4846 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4847 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4848 msgid ""
4849 "The <filename>Release</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4850 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable></filename>: for "
4851 "example, <filename>.../dists/stable/Release</filename>, or "
4852 "<filename>.../dists/&stable-codename;/Release</filename>. It consists of a "
4853 "single multi-line record which applies to <emphasis>all</emphasis> of the "
4854 "packages in the directory tree below its parent. Unlike the "
4855 "<filename>Packages</filename> file, nearly all of the lines in a "
4856 "<filename>Release</filename> file are relevant for setting APT priorities:"
4857 msgstr ""
4858
4859 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4860 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4861 msgid "the <literal>Archive:</literal> or <literal>Suite:</literal> line"
4862 msgstr ""
4863
4864 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4865 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4866 msgid ""
4867 "names the archive to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4868 "For example, the line \"Archive: stable\" or \"Suite: stable\" specifies "
4869 "that all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4870 "<filename>Release</filename> file are in a <literal>stable</literal> "
4871 "archive. Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require "
4872 "the line:"
4873 msgstr ""
4874
4875 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4876 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4877 #, no-wrap
4878 msgid "Pin: release a=stable\n"
4879 msgstr ""
4880
4881 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4882 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4883 msgid "the <literal>Codename:</literal> line"
4884 msgstr ""
4885
4886 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4887 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4888 msgid ""
4889 "names the codename to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4890 "For example, the line \"Codename: &testing-codename;\" specifies that all of "
4891 "the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4892 "<filename>Release</filename> file belong to a version named "
4893 "<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. Specifying this value in the APT "
4894 "preferences file would require the line:"
4895 msgstr ""
4896
4897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4898 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4899 #, no-wrap
4900 msgid "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4901 msgstr ""
4902
4903 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4904 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4905 msgid ""
4906 "names the release version. For example, the packages in the tree might "
4907 "belong to Debian release version &stable-version;. Note that there is "
4908 "normally no version number for the <literal>testing</literal> and "
4909 "<literal>unstable</literal> distributions because they have not been "
4910 "released yet. Specifying this in the APT preferences file would require one "
4911 "of the following lines."
4912 msgstr ""
4913
4914 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4915 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4916 #, no-wrap
4917 msgid ""
4918 "Pin: release v=&stable-version;\n"
4919 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4920 "Pin: release &stable-version;\n"
4921 msgstr ""
4922
4923 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4924 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4925 msgid "the <literal>Component:</literal> line"
4926 msgstr ""
4927
4928 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4929 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4930 msgid ""
4931 "names the licensing component associated with the packages in the directory "
4932 "tree of the <filename>Release</filename> file. For example, the line "
4933 "\"Component: main\" specifies that all the packages in the directory tree "
4934 "are from the <literal>main</literal> component, which entails that they are "
4935 "licensed under terms listed in the Debian Free Software Guidelines. "
4936 "Specifying this component in the APT preferences file would require the "
4937 "line:"
4938 msgstr ""
4939
4940 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4941 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4942 #, no-wrap
4943 msgid "Pin: release c=main\n"
4944 msgstr ""
4945
4946 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4947 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4948 msgid "the <literal>Origin:</literal> line"
4949 msgstr ""
4950
4951 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4952 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4953 msgid ""
4954 "names the originator of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4955 "<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4956 "<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this origin in the APT preferences "
4957 "file would require the line:"
4958 msgstr ""
4959
4960 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4961 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4962 #, no-wrap
4963 msgid "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4964 msgstr ""
4965
4966 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4967 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4968 msgid "the <literal>Label:</literal> line"
4969 msgstr ""
4970
4971 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4972 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4973 msgid ""
4974 "names the label of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4975 "<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4976 "<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this label in the APT preferences "
4977 "file would require the line:"
4978 msgstr ""
4979
4980 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4981 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4982 #, no-wrap
4983 msgid "Pin: release l=Debian\n"
4984 msgstr ""
4985
4986 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4987 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4988 msgid ""
4989 "All of the <filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> "
4990 "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored "
4991 "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file "
4992 "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the "
4993 "<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file "
4994 "<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> "
4995 "contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site "
4996 "<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> "
4997 "architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the "
4998 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution."
4999 msgstr ""
5000
5001 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5002 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5003 msgid "Optional Lines in an APT Preferences Record"
5004 msgstr ""
5005
5006 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5007 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5008 msgid ""
5009 "Each record in the APT preferences file can optionally begin with one or "
5010 "more lines beginning with the word <literal>Explanation:</literal>. This "
5011 "provides a place for comments."
5012 msgstr ""
5013
5014 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5015 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5016 msgid "Tracking Stable"
5017 msgstr ""
5018
5019 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5020 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5021 #, no-wrap
5022 msgid ""
5023 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated\n"
5024 "Explanation: package versions other than those in the stable distro\n"
5025 "Package: *\n"
5026 "Pin: release a=stable\n"
5027 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5028 "\n"
5029 "Package: *\n"
5030 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5031 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5032 msgstr ""
5033
5034 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5035 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5036 msgid ""
5037 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
5038 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
5039 "<literal>stable</literal> distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
5040 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> "
5041 "distributions. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5042 msgstr ""
5043
5044 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5045 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5046 #, no-wrap
5047 msgid ""
5048 "apt-get install <replaceable>package-name</replaceable>\n"
5049 "apt-get upgrade\n"
5050 "apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
5051 msgstr ""
5052
5053 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5054 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5055 msgid ""
5056 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5057 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
5058 "<literal>stable</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
5059 "id=\"0\"/>"
5060 msgstr ""
5061
5062 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5063 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5064 #, no-wrap
5065 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/testing\n"
5066 msgstr ""
5067
5068 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5069 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5070 msgid ""
5071 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5072 "latest version from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution; the package "
5073 "will not be upgraded again unless this command is given again. <placeholder "
5074 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5075 msgstr ""
5076
5077 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5078 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5079 msgid "Tracking Testing or Unstable"
5080 msgstr ""
5081
5082 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5083 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5084 #, no-wrap
5085 msgid ""
5086 "Package: *\n"
5087 "Pin: release a=testing\n"
5088 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5089 "\n"
5090 "Package: *\n"
5091 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
5092 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
5093 "\n"
5094 "Package: *\n"
5095 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5096 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5097 msgstr ""
5098
5099 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5100 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5101 msgid ""
5102 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a high priority "
5103 "to package versions from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution, a "
5104 "lower priority to package versions from the <literal>unstable</literal> "
5105 "distribution, and a prohibitively low priority to package versions from "
5106 "other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions. <placeholder "
5107 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5108 msgstr ""
5109
5110 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5111 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5112 msgid ""
5113 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5114 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
5115 "<literal>testing</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
5116 "id=\"0\"/>"
5117 msgstr ""
5118
5119 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5120 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5121 #, no-wrap
5122 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/unstable\n"
5123 msgstr ""
5124
5125 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5126 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5127 msgid ""
5128 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5129 "latest version from the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution. "
5130 "Thereafter, <command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to "
5131 "the most recent <literal>testing</literal> version if that is more recent "
5132 "than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
5133 "<literal>unstable</literal> version if that is more recent than the "
5134 "installed version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5135 msgstr ""
5136
5137 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5138 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5139 msgid "Tracking the evolution of a codename release"
5140 msgstr ""
5141
5142 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5143 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5144 #, no-wrap
5145 msgid ""
5146 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated package "
5147 "versions\n"
5148 "Explanation: other than those in the distribution codenamed with "
5149 "&testing-codename; or sid\n"
5150 "Package: *\n"
5151 "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
5152 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5153 "\n"
5154 "Explanation: Debian unstable is always codenamed with sid\n"
5155 "Package: *\n"
5156 "Pin: release n=sid\n"
5157 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
5158 "\n"
5159 "Package: *\n"
5160 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5161 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5162 msgstr ""
5163
5164 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5165 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5166 msgid ""
5167 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
5168 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
5169 "specified codename of a distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
5170 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions, "
5171 "codenames and archives. Note that with this APT preference APT will follow "
5172 "the migration of a release from the archive <literal>testing</literal> to "
5173 "<literal>stable</literal> and later <literal>oldstable</literal>. If you "
5174 "want to follow for example the progress in <literal>testing</literal> "
5175 "notwithstanding the codename changes you should use the example "
5176 "configurations above. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5177 msgstr ""
5178
5179 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5180 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5181 msgid ""
5182 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5183 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest version(s) in "
5184 "the release codenamed with <literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. "
5185 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5186 msgstr ""
5187
5188 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5189 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5190 #, no-wrap
5191 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/sid\n"
5192 msgstr ""
5193
5194 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5195 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5196 msgid ""
5197 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5198 "latest version from the <literal>sid</literal> distribution. Thereafter, "
5199 "<command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to the most "
5200 "recent <literal>&testing-codename;</literal> version if that is more recent "
5201 "than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
5202 "<literal>sid</literal> version if that is more recent than the installed "
5203 "version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5204 msgstr ""
5205
5206 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5207 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5208 msgid "&apt-get; &apt-cache; &apt-conf; &sources-list;"
5209 msgstr ""
5210
5211 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5212 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5213 msgid "List of configured APT data sources"
5214 msgstr ""
5215
5216 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5217 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5218 msgid ""
5219 "The source list <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and the the files "
5220 "contained in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename> are designed to "
5221 "support any number of active sources and a variety of source media. The "
5222 "files list one source per line (one line style) or contain multiline stanzas "
5223 "defining one or more sources per stanza (deb822 style), with the most "
5224 "preferred source listed first (in case a single version is available from "
5225 "more than one source). The information available from the configured sources "
5226 "is acquired by <command>apt-get update</command> (or by an equivalent "
5227 "command from another APT front-end)."
5228 msgstr ""
5229
5230 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5231 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5232 msgid "sources.list.d"
5233 msgstr ""
5234
5235 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5236 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5237 msgid ""
5238 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory provides a way to "
5239 "add sources.list entries in separate files. Two different file formats are "
5240 "allowed as described in the next two sections. Filenames need to have "
5241 "either the extension <filename>.list</filename> or "
5242 "<filename>.sources</filename> depending on the contained format. The "
5243 "filenames may only contain letters (a-z and A-Z), digits (0-9), underscore "
5244 "(_), hyphen (-) and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a "
5245 "notice that it has ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
5246 "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
5247 "case it will be silently ignored."
5248 msgstr ""
5249
5250 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5251 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5252 msgid "one line style format"
5253 msgstr ""
5254
5255 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5256 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5257 msgid ""
5258 "Files in this format have the extension <filename>.list</filename>. Each "
5259 "line specifying a source starts with a type "
5260 "(e.g. <literal>deb-src</literal>) followed by options and arguments for "
5261 "this type. Individual entries cannot be continued onto a following "
5262 "line. Empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character anywhere "
5263 "on a line marks the remainder of that line as a comment. Consequently an "
5264 "entry can be disabled by commenting out the entire line. If options should "
5265 "be provided they are separated by spaces and all of them together are "
5266 "enclosed by square brackets (<literal>[]</literal>) included in the line "
5267 "after the type separated from it with a space. If an option allows multiple "
5268 "values these are separated from each other with a comma "
5269 "(<literal>,</literal>). An option name is separated from its value(s) by a "
5270 "equal sign (<literal>=</literal>). Multivalue options have also "
5271 "<literal>-=</literal> and <literal>+=</literal> as separator which instead "
5272 "of replacing the default with the given value(s) modify the default value(s) "
5273 "to remove or include the given values."
5274 msgstr ""
5275
5276 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5277 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5278 msgid ""
5279 "This is the traditional format and supported by all apt versions. Note that "
5280 "not all options as described below are supported by all apt versions. Note "
5281 "also that some older applications parsing this format on its own might not "
5282 "expect to encounter options as they were uncommon before the introduction of "
5283 "multi-architecture support."
5284 msgstr ""
5285
5286 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5287 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5288 msgid "deb822 style format"
5289 msgstr ""
5290
5291 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5292 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5293 msgid ""
5294 "Files in this format have the extension <filename>.sources</filename>. The "
5295 "format is similar in syntax to other files used by Debian and its "
5296 "derivatives, like the metadata itself apt will download from the configured "
5297 "sources or the <filename>debian/control</filename> file in a Debian source "
5298 "package. Individual entries are separated by an empty line, additional "
5299 "empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character at the start "
5300 "of the line marks the entire line as a comment. An entry can hence be "
5301 "disabled by commenting out each line belonging to the stanza, but it is "
5302 "usually easier to add the field \"Enabled: no\" to the stanza to disable the "
5303 "entry. Removing the field or setting it to yes reenables it. Options have "
5304 "the same syntax as every other field: A fieldname separated by a colon "
5305 "(<literal>:</literal>) and optionally spaces from its value(s). Note "
5306 "especially that multiple values are separated by spaces, not by commas as in "
5307 "the one line format. Multivalue fields like <literal>Architectures</literal> "
5308 "also have <literal>Architectures-Add</literal> and "
5309 "<literal>Architectures-Remove</literal> to modify the default value rather "
5310 "than replacing it."
5311 msgstr ""
5312
5313 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5314 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5315 msgid ""
5316 "This is a new format supported by apt itself since version 1.1. Previous "
5317 "versions ignore such files with a notice message as described earlier. It "
5318 "is intended to make this format gradually the default format and deprecating "
5319 "the previously described one line style format as it is easier to create, "
5320 "extend and modify by humans and machines alike especially if a lot of "
5321 "sources and/or options are involved. Developers who are working with and/or "
5322 "parsing apt sources are highly encouraged to add support for this format and "
5323 "to contact the APT team to coordinate and share this work. Users can freely "
5324 "adopt this format already, but could encounter problems with software not "
5325 "supporting the format yet."
5326 msgstr ""
5327
5328 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5329 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5330 msgid "The deb and deb-src types: General Format"
5331 msgstr ""
5332
5333 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5334 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5335 msgid ""
5336 "The <literal>deb</literal> type references a typical two-level Debian "
5337 "archive, <filename>distribution/component</filename>. The "
5338 "<literal>distribution</literal> is generally a suite name like "
5339 "<literal>stable</literal> or <literal>testing</literal> or a codename like "
5340 "<literal>&stable-codename;</literal> or "
5341 "<literal>&testing-codename;</literal> while component is one of "
5342 "<literal>main</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal> or "
5343 "<literal>non-free</literal>. The <literal>deb-src</literal> type references "
5344 "a Debian distribution's source code in the same form as the "
5345 "<literal>deb</literal> type. A <literal>deb-src</literal> line is required "
5346 "to fetch source indexes."
5347 msgstr ""
5348
5349 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5350 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5351 msgid ""
5352 "The format for two one line style entries using the <literal>deb</literal> "
5353 "and <literal>deb-src</literal> types is:"
5354 msgstr ""
5355
5356 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5357 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5358 #, no-wrap
5359 msgid ""
5360 "deb [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] [component2] "
5361 "[...]\n"
5362 "deb-src [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] "
5363 "[component2] [...]"
5364 msgstr ""
5365
5366 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5367 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5368 #, no-wrap
5369 msgid ""
5370 " Types: deb deb-src\n"
5371 " URIs: uri\n"
5372 " Suites: suite\n"
5373 " Components: [component1] [component2] [...]\n"
5374 " option1: value1\n"
5375 " option2: value2\n"
5376 " "
5377 msgstr ""
5378
5379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5380 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5381 msgid ""
5382 "Alternatively the equivalent entry in deb822 style looks like this: "
5383 "<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
5384 msgstr ""
5385
5386 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5387 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5388 msgid ""
5389 "The URI for the <literal>deb</literal> type must specify the base of the "
5390 "Debian distribution, from which APT will find the information it needs. "
5391 "<literal>suite</literal> can specify an exact path, in which case the "
5392 "components must be omitted and <literal>suite</literal> must end with a "
5393 "slash (<literal>/</literal>). This is useful for the case when only a "
5394 "particular sub-directory of the archive denoted by the URI is of interest. "
5395 "If <literal>suite</literal> does not specify an exact path, at least one "
5396 "<literal>component</literal> must be present."
5397 msgstr ""
5398
5399 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5400 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5401 msgid ""
5402 "<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, "
5403 "<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as "
5404 "<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the "
5405 "system. This permits architecture-independent "
5406 "<filename>sources.list</filename> files to be used. In general this is only "
5407 "of interest when specifying an exact path, <literal>APT</literal> will "
5408 "automatically generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise."
5409 msgstr ""
5410
5411 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5412 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5413 msgid ""
5414 "Especially in the one line style format since only one distribution can be "
5415 "specified per line it may be necessary to have multiple lines for the same "
5416 "URI, if a subset of all available distributions or components at that "
5417 "location is desired. APT will sort the URI list after it has generated a "
5418 "complete set internally, and will collapse multiple references to the same "
5419 "Internet host, for instance, into a single connection, so that it does not "
5420 "inefficiently establish a connection, close it, do something else, and then "
5421 "re-establish a connection to that same host. APT also parallelizes "
5422 "connections to different hosts to more effectively deal with sites with low "
5423 "bandwidth."
5424 msgstr ""
5425
5426 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5427 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5428 msgid ""
5429 "It is important to list sources in order of preference, with the most "
5430 "preferred source listed first. Typically this will result in sorting by "
5431 "speed from fastest to slowest (CD-ROM followed by hosts on a local network, "
5432 "followed by distant Internet hosts, for example)."
5433 msgstr ""
5434
5435 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5436 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5437 #, no-wrap
5438 msgid "&sourceslist-list-format;"
5439 msgstr ""
5440
5441 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5442 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5443 #, no-wrap
5444 msgid "&sourceslist-sources-format;"
5445 msgstr ""
5446
5447 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5448 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5449 msgid ""
5450 "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one "
5451 "line style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like "
5452 "this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>"
5453 msgstr ""
5454
5455 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5456 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5457 msgid "The deb and deb-src types: Options"
5458 msgstr ""
5459
5460 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5461 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5462 msgid ""
5463 "Each source entry can have options specified modifying which and how the "
5464 "source is accessed and data acquired from it. Format, syntax and names of "
5465 "the options varies between the two formats one line and deb822 style as "
5466 "described, but they have both the same options available. For simplicity we "
5467 "list the deb822 fieldname and provide the one line name in brackets. "
5468 "Remember that beside setting multivalue options explicitly, there is also "
5469 "the option to modify them based on the default, but we aren't listing those "
5470 "names explicitly here. Unsupported options are silently ignored by all APT "
5471 "versions."
5472 msgstr ""
5473
5474 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5475 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5476 msgid ""
5477 "<option>Architectures</option> (<option>arch</option>) is a multivalue "
5478 "option defining for which architectures information should be downloaded. If "
5479 "this option isn't set the default is all architectures as defined by the "
5480 "<option>APT::Architectures</option> config option."
5481 msgstr ""
5482
5483 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5484 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5485 msgid ""
5486 "<option>Languages</option> (<option>lang</option>) is a multivalue option "
5487 "defining for which languages information like translated package "
5488 "descriptions should be downloaded. If this option isn't set the default is "
5489 "all languages as defined by the <option>Acquire::Languages</option> config "
5490 "option."
5491 msgstr ""
5492
5493 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5494 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5495 msgid ""
5496 "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option "
5497 "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If "
5498 "not specified, the default set is defined by the "
5499 "<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope. Aditionally, "
5500 "specific targets can be enabled or disabled by using the identifier as field "
5501 "name instead of using this multivalue option."
5502 msgstr ""
5503
5504 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5505 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5506 msgid ""
5507 "<option>PDiffs</option> (<option>pdiffs</option>) is a yes/no value which "
5508 "controls if APT should try to use PDiffs to update old indexes instead of "
5509 "downloading the new indexes entirely. The value of this option is ignored if "
5510 "the repository doesn't announce the availability of PDiffs. Defaults to the "
5511 "value of the option with the same name for a specific index file defined in "
5512 "the <option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself default to "
5513 "the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::PDiffs</option> which "
5514 "defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
5515 msgstr ""
5516
5517 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5518 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5519 msgid ""
5520 "<option>By-Hash</option> (<option>by-hash</option>) can have the value "
5521 "\"yes\", \"no\" or \"force\" and controls if APT should try to acquire "
5522 "indexes via an URI constructed from a hashsum of the expected file instead "
5523 "of using the well-known stable filename of the index. Using this can avoid "
5524 "hashsum mismatches, but requires a supporting mirror. The value "
5525 "\"yes\"/\"no\" activates/disables the use of this feature if this source "
5526 "indicates support for it, while \"force\" will enable the feature regardless "
5527 "of what the source indicates. Defaults to the value of the option of the "
5528 "same name for a specific index file defined in the "
5529 "<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to the "
5530 "value of configuration option <option>Acquire::By-Hash</option> which "
5531 "defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
5532 msgstr ""
5533
5534 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5535 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5536 msgid ""
5537 "Further more, there are options which if set effect <emphasis>all</emphasis> "
5538 "sources with the same URI and Suite, so they have to be set on all such "
5539 "entries and can not be varied between different components. APT will try to "
5540 "detect and error out on such anomalies."
5541 msgstr ""
5542
5543 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5544 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5545 msgid ""
5546 "<option>Trusted</option> (<option>trusted</option>) is a tri-state value "
5547 "which defaults to APT deciding if a source is considered trusted or if "
5548 "warnings should be raised before e.g. packages are installed from this "
5549 "source. This option can be used to override this decision either with the "
5550 "value <literal>yes</literal>, which lets APT consider this source always as "
5551 "a trusted source even if it has no or fails authentication checks by "
5552 "disabling parts of &apt-secure; and should therefore only be used in a local "
5553 "and trusted context (if at all) as otherwise security is breached. The "
5554 "opposite can be achieved with the value no, which causes the source to be "
5555 "handled as untrusted even if the authentication checks passed successfully. "
5556 "The default value can't be set explicitly."
5557 msgstr ""
5558
5559 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5560 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5561 msgid ""
5562 "<option>Signed-By</option> (<option>signed-by</option>) is either an "
5563 "absolute path to a keyring file (has to be accessible and readable for the "
5564 "<literal>_apt</literal> user, so ensure everyone has read-permissions on the "
5565 "file) or a fingerprint of a key in either the "
5566 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> keyring or in one of the keyrings in the "
5567 "<filename>trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory (see <command>apt-key "
5568 "fingerprint</command>). If the option is set only the key(s) in this keyring "
5569 "or only the key with this fingerprint is used for the &apt-secure; "
5570 "verification of this repository. Otherwise all keys in the trusted keyrings "
5571 "are considered valid signers for this repository."
5572 msgstr ""
5573
5574 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5575 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5576 msgid ""
5577 "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) is "
5578 "a yes/no value which controls if APT should try to detect replay attacks. A "
5579 "repository creator can declare until then the data provided in the "
5580 "repository should be considered valid and if this time is reached, but no "
5581 "new data is provided the data is considered expired and an error is raised. "
5582 "Beside increasing security as a malicious attacker can't sent old data "
5583 "forever denying a user to be able to upgrade to a new version, this also "
5584 "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. Some repositories "
5585 "like historic archives aren't updated anymore by design through, so this "
5586 "check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</literal>. "
5587 "Defaults to the value of configuration option "
5588 "<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to "
5589 "<literal>yes</literal>."
5590 msgstr ""
5591
5592 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5593 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5594 msgid ""
5595 "<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> (<option>valid-until-min</option>) and "
5596 "<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> (<option>valid-until-max</option>) can be "
5597 "used to raise or lower the time period in seconds in which the data from "
5598 "this repository is considered valid. -Max can be especially useful if the "
5599 "repository provides no Valid-Until field on its Release file to set your own "
5600 "value, while -Min can be used to increase the valid time on seldom updated "
5601 "(local) mirrors of a more frequently updated but less accessible archive "
5602 "(which is in the sources.list as well) instead of disabling the check "
5603 "entirely. Default to the value of the configuration options "
5604 "<option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> and "
5605 "<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> which are both unset by default."
5606 msgstr ""
5607
5608 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5609 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5610 msgid "URI specification"
5611 msgstr ""
5612
5613 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5614 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5615 msgid "The currently recognized URI types are:"
5616 msgstr ""
5617
5618 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5619 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5620 msgid ""
5621 "The file scheme allows an arbitrary directory in the file system to be "
5622 "considered an archive. This is useful for NFS mounts and local mirrors or "
5623 "archives."
5624 msgstr ""
5625
5626 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5627 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5628 msgid ""
5629 "The cdrom scheme allows APT to use a local CD-ROM drive with media "
5630 "swapping. Use the &apt-cdrom; program to create cdrom entries in the source "
5631 "list."
5632 msgstr ""
5633
5634 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5635 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5636 msgid ""
5637 "The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an environment "
5638 "variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is set with the format "
5639 "http://server:port/, the proxy server specified in <envar>http_proxy</envar> "
5640 "will be used. Users of authenticated HTTP/1.1 proxies may use a string of "
5641 "the format http://user:pass@server:port/. Note that this is an insecure "
5642 "method of authentication."
5643 msgstr ""
5644
5645 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5646 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5647 msgid ""
5648 "The ftp scheme specifies an FTP server for the archive. APT's FTP behavior "
5649 "is highly configurable; for more information see the &apt-conf; manual "
5650 "page. Please note that an FTP proxy can be specified by using the "
5651 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable. It is possible to specify an "
5652 "HTTP proxy (HTTP proxy servers often understand FTP URLs) using this "
5653 "environment variable and <emphasis>only</emphasis> this environment "
5654 "variable. Proxies using HTTP specified in the configuration file will be "
5655 "ignored."
5656 msgstr ""
5657
5658 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5659 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5660 msgid ""
5661 "The copy scheme is identical to the file scheme except that packages are "
5662 "copied into the cache directory instead of used directly at their location. "
5663 "This is useful for people using removable media to copy files around with "
5664 "APT."
5665 msgstr ""
5666
5667 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5668 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5669 msgid ""
5670 "The rsh/ssh method invokes RSH/SSH to connect to a remote host and access "
5671 "the files as a given user. Prior configuration of rhosts or RSA keys is "
5672 "recommended. The standard <command>find</command> and <command>dd</command> "
5673 "commands are used to perform the file transfers from the remote host."
5674 msgstr ""
5675
5676 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
5677 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5678 msgid "adding more recognizable URI types"
5679 msgstr ""
5680
5681 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5682 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5683 msgid ""
5684 "APT can be extended with more methods shipped in other optional packages, "
5685 "which should follow the naming scheme "
5686 "<package>apt-transport-<replaceable>method</replaceable></package>. For "
5687 "instance, the APT team also maintains the package "
5688 "<package>apt-transport-https</package>, which provides access methods for "
5689 "HTTPS URIs with features similar to the http method. Methods for using "
5690 "e.g. debtorrent are also available - see &apt-transport-debtorrent;."
5691 msgstr ""
5692
5693 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5694 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5695 msgid ""
5696 "Uses the archive stored locally (or NFS mounted) at /home/apt/debian for "
5697 "stable/main, stable/contrib, and stable/non-free."
5698 msgstr ""
5699
5700 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5701 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5702 #, no-wrap
5703 msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian stable main contrib non-free"
5704 msgstr ""
5705
5706 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5707 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5708 #, no-wrap
5709 msgid ""
5710 "Types: deb\n"
5711 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5712 "Suites: stable\n"
5713 "Components: main contrib non-free"
5714 msgstr ""
5715
5716 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5717 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5718 msgid "As above, except this uses the unstable (development) distribution."
5719 msgstr ""
5720
5721 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5722 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5723 #, no-wrap
5724 msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5725 msgstr ""
5726
5727 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5728 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5729 #, no-wrap
5730 msgid ""
5731 "Types: deb\n"
5732 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5733 "Suites: unstable\n"
5734 "Components: main contrib non-free"
5735 msgstr ""
5736
5737 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5738 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5739 msgid "Source line for the above"
5740 msgstr ""
5741
5742 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5743 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5744 #, no-wrap
5745 msgid "deb-src file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5746 msgstr ""
5747
5748 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5749 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5750 #, no-wrap
5751 msgid ""
5752 "Types: deb-src\n"
5753 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5754 "Suites: unstable\n"
5755 "Components: main contrib non-free"
5756 msgstr ""
5757
5758 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5759 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5760 msgid ""
5761 "The first line gets package information for the architectures in "
5762 "<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves "
5763 "<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>."
5764 msgstr ""
5765
5766 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5767 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5768 #, no-wrap
5769 msgid ""
5770 "deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; main\n"
5771 "deb [ arch=amd64,armel ] http://httpredir.debian.org/debian "
5772 "&stable-codename; main"
5773 msgstr ""
5774
5775 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5776 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5777 #, no-wrap
5778 msgid ""
5779 "Types: deb\n"
5780 "URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5781 "Suites: &stable-codename;\n"
5782 "Components: main\n"
5783 "\n"
5784 "Types: deb\n"
5785 "URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5786 "Suites: &stable-codename;\n"
5787 "Components: main\n"
5788 "Architectures: amd64 armel\n"
5789 msgstr ""
5790
5791 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5792 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5793 msgid ""
5794 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the "
5795 "hamm/main area."
5796 msgstr ""
5797
5798 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5799 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5800 #, no-wrap
5801 msgid "deb http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive hamm main"
5802 msgstr ""
5803
5804 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5805 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5806 #, no-wrap
5807 msgid ""
5808 "Types: deb\n"
5809 "URIs: http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive\n"
5810 "Suites: hamm\n"
5811 "Components: main"
5812 msgstr ""
5813
5814 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5815 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5816 msgid ""
5817 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5818 "directory, and uses only the &stable-codename;/contrib area."
5819 msgstr ""
5820
5821 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5822 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5823 #, no-wrap
5824 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; contrib"
5825 msgstr ""
5826
5827 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5828 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5829 #, no-wrap
5830 msgid ""
5831 "Types: deb\n"
5832 "URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5833 "Suites: &stable-codename;\n"
5834 "Components: contrib"
5835 msgstr ""
5836
5837 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5838 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5839 msgid ""
5840 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5841 "directory, and uses only the unstable/contrib area. If this line appears as "
5842 "well as the one in the previous example in <filename>sources.list</filename> "
5843 "a single FTP session will be used for both resource lines."
5844 msgstr ""
5845
5846 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5847 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5848 #, no-wrap
5849 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian unstable contrib"
5850 msgstr ""
5851
5852 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5853 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5854 #, no-wrap
5855 msgid ""
5856 "Types: deb\n"
5857 "URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5858 "Suites: unstable\n"
5859 "Components: contrib"
5860 msgstr ""
5861
5862 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5863 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5864 #, no-wrap
5865 msgid "deb http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5866 msgstr ""
5867
5868 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5869 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5870 #, no-wrap
5871 msgid ""
5872 "Types: deb\n"
5873 "URIs: http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe\n"
5874 "Suites: unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5875 msgstr ""
5876
5877 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5878 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5879 msgid ""
5880 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at ftp.tlh.debian.org, under the universe "
5881 "directory, and uses only files found under "
5882 "<filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename> on i386 machines, "
5883 "<filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> on amd64, and so forth for other "
5884 "supported architectures. [Note this example only illustrates how to use the "
5885 "substitution variable; official debian archives are not structured like "
5886 "this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder "
5887 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>"
5888 msgstr ""
5889
5890 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5891 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5892 msgid ""
5893 "Uses HTTP to get binary packages as well as sources from the stable, testing "
5894 "and unstable suites and the components main and contrib."
5895 msgstr ""
5896
5897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5898 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5899 #, no-wrap
5900 msgid ""
5901 "deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
5902 "deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
5903 "deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
5904 "deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
5905 "deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib\n"
5906 "deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib"
5907 msgstr ""
5908
5909 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5910 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5911 #, no-wrap
5912 msgid ""
5913 "Types: deb deb-src\n"
5914 "URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5915 "Suites: stable testing unstable\n"
5916 "Components: main contrib\n"
5917 msgstr ""
5918
5919 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5920 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5921 msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-conf;"
5922 msgstr ""
5923
5924 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
5925 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
5926 msgid "1"
5927 msgstr ""
5928
5929 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5930 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5931 msgid ""
5932 "Utility to extract <command>debconf</command> config and templates from "
5933 "Debian packages"
5934 msgstr ""
5935
5936 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5937 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5938 msgid ""
5939 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> will take one or more Debian package "
5940 "files as input and write out (to a temporary directory) all associated "
5941 "config scripts and template files. For each passed in package that contains "
5942 "config scripts and templates, one line of output will be generated in the "
5943 "format:"
5944 msgstr ""
5945
5946 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5947 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5948 msgid "package version template-file config-script"
5949 msgstr ""
5950
5951 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5952 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5953 msgid ""
5954 "template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory "
5955 "specified by the <option>-t</option> or <option>--tempdir</option> "
5956 "(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with "
5957 "filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXXXX</filename> and "
5958 "<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename>"
5959 msgstr ""
5960
5961 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5962 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5963 msgid ""
5964 "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> "
5965 "template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: "
5966 "<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>"
5967 msgstr ""
5968
5969 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5970 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5971 msgid ""
5972 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> returns zero on normal operation, "
5973 "decimal 100 on error."
5974 msgstr ""
5975
5976 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5977 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
5978 msgid "Utility to sort package index files"
5979 msgstr ""
5980
5981 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5982 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
5983 msgid ""
5984 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> will take an index file (source index or "
5985 "package index) and sort the records so that they are ordered by the package "
5986 "name. It will also sort the internal fields of each record according to the "
5987 "internal sorting rules."
5988 msgstr ""
5989
5990 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5991 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
5992 msgid "All output is sent to standard output; the input must be a seekable file."
5993 msgstr ""
5994
5995 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5996 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
5997 msgid ""
5998 "Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: "
5999 "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>."
6000 msgstr ""
6001
6002 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6003 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6004 msgid ""
6005 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6006 "100 on error."
6007 msgstr ""
6008
6009 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
6010 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6011 msgid "Utility to generate index files"
6012 msgstr ""
6013
6014 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6015 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6016 msgid ""
6017 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is the command line tool that generates "
6018 "the index files that APT uses to access a distribution source. The index "
6019 "files should be generated on the origin site based on the content of that "
6020 "site."
6021 msgstr ""
6022
6023 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6024 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6025 msgid ""
6026 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is a superset of the &dpkg-scanpackages; "
6027 "program, incorporating its entire functionality via the "
6028 "<literal>packages</literal> command. It also contains a contents file "
6029 "generator, <literal>contents</literal>, and an elaborate means to 'script' "
6030 "the generation process for a complete archive."
6031 msgstr ""
6032
6033 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6034 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6035 msgid ""
6036 "Internally <command>apt-ftparchive</command> can make use of binary "
6037 "databases to cache the contents of a .deb file and it does not rely on any "
6038 "external programs aside from &gzip;. When doing a full generate it "
6039 "automatically performs file-change checks and builds the desired compressed "
6040 "output files."
6041 msgstr ""
6042
6043 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6044 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6045 msgid ""
6046 "The packages command generates a package file from a directory tree. It "
6047 "takes the given directory and recursively searches it for .deb files, "
6048 "emitting a package record to stdout for each. This command is approximately "
6049 "equivalent to &dpkg-scanpackages;."
6050 msgstr ""
6051
6052 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6053 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6054 msgid "The option <option>--db</option> can be used to specify a binary caching DB."
6055 msgstr ""
6056
6057 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6058 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6059 msgid ""
6060 "The <literal>sources</literal> command generates a source index file from a "
6061 "directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it "
6062 "for .dsc files, emitting a source record to stdout for each. This command is "
6063 "approximately equivalent to &dpkg-scansources;."
6064 msgstr ""
6065
6066 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6067 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6068 msgid ""
6069 "If an override file is specified then a source override file will be looked "
6070 "for with an extension of .src. The --source-override option can be used to "
6071 "change the source override file that will be used."
6072 msgstr ""
6073
6074 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6075 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6076 msgid ""
6077 "The <literal>contents</literal> command generates a contents file from a "
6078 "directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it for "
6079 ".deb files, and reads the file list from each file. It then sorts and writes "
6080 "to stdout the list of files matched to packages. Directories are not written "
6081 "to the output. If multiple packages own the same file then each package is "
6082 "separated by a comma in the output."
6083 msgstr ""
6084
6085 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6086 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6087 msgid ""
6088 "The <literal>release</literal> command generates a Release file from a "
6089 "directory tree. It recursively searches the given directory for uncompressed "
6090 "<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Sources</filename> files and "
6091 "ones compressed with <command>gzip</command>, <command>bzip2</command> or "
6092 "<command>lzma</command> as well as <filename>Release</filename> and "
6093 "<filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by default "
6094 "(<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). Additional "
6095 "filename patterns can be added by listing them in "
6096 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to "
6097 "stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, "
6098 "SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file."
6099 msgstr ""
6100
6101 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6102 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6103 msgid ""
6104 "Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken from "
6105 "the corresponding variables under "
6106 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, "
6107 "e.g. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. The supported "
6108 "fields are: <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, "
6109 "<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, "
6110 "<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, "
6111 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, "
6112 "<literal>Components</literal>, <literal>Description</literal>."
6113 msgstr ""
6114
6115 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6116 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6117 msgid ""
6118 "The <literal>generate</literal> command is designed to be runnable from a "
6119 "cron script and builds indexes according to the given config file. The "
6120 "config language provides a flexible means of specifying which index files "
6121 "are built from which directories, as well as providing a simple means of "
6122 "maintaining the required settings."
6123 msgstr ""
6124
6125 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6126 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6127 msgid ""
6128 "The <literal>clean</literal> command tidies the databases used by the given "
6129 "configuration file by removing any records that are no longer necessary."
6130 msgstr ""
6131
6132 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6133 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6134 msgid "The Generate Configuration"
6135 msgstr ""
6136
6137 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6138 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6139 msgid ""
6140 "The <literal>generate</literal> command uses a configuration file to "
6141 "describe the archives that are going to be generated. It follows the typical "
6142 "ISC configuration format as seen in ISC tools like bind 8 and dhcpd. "
6143 "&apt-conf; contains a description of the syntax. Note that the generate "
6144 "configuration is parsed in sectional manner, but &apt-conf; is parsed in a "
6145 "tree manner. This only effects how the scope tag is handled."
6146 msgstr ""
6147
6148 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6149 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6150 msgid "The generate configuration has four separate sections, each described below."
6151 msgstr ""
6152
6153 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6154 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6155 msgid "<literal>Dir</literal> Section"
6156 msgstr ""
6157
6158 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6159 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6160 msgid ""
6161 "The <literal>Dir</literal> section defines the standard directories needed "
6162 "to locate the files required during the generation process. These "
6163 "directories are prepended certain relative paths defined in later sections "
6164 "to produce a complete an absolute path."
6165 msgstr ""
6166
6167 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6168 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6169 msgid ""
6170 "Specifies the root of the FTP archive, in a standard Debian configuration "
6171 "this is the directory that contains the <filename>ls-LR</filename> and dist "
6172 "nodes."
6173 msgstr ""
6174
6175 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6176 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6177 msgid "Specifies the location of the override files."
6178 msgstr ""
6179
6180 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6181 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6182 msgid "Specifies the location of the cache files."
6183 msgstr ""
6184
6185 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6186 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6187 msgid ""
6188 "Specifies the location of the file list files, if the "
6189 "<literal>FileList</literal> setting is used below."
6190 msgstr ""
6191
6192 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6193 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6194 msgid "<literal>Default</literal> Section"
6195 msgstr ""
6196
6197 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6198 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6199 msgid ""
6200 "The <literal>Default</literal> section specifies default values, and "
6201 "settings that control the operation of the generator. Other sections may "
6202 "override these defaults with a per-section setting."
6203 msgstr ""
6204
6205 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6206 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6207 msgid ""
6208 "Sets the default compression schemes to use for the package index files. It "
6209 "is a string that contains a space separated list of at least one of: '.' (no "
6210 "compression), 'gzip' and 'bzip2'. The default for all compression schemes is "
6211 "'. gzip'."
6212 msgstr ""
6213
6214 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6215 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6216 msgid ""
6217 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files. This "
6218 "defaults to '.deb'."
6219 msgstr ""
6220
6221 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6222 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6223 msgid ""
6224 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6225 "controls the compression for the Sources files."
6226 msgstr ""
6227
6228 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6229 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6230 msgid ""
6231 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are source files. This "
6232 "defaults to '.dsc'."
6233 msgstr ""
6234
6235 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6236 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6237 msgid ""
6238 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6239 "controls the compression for the Contents files."
6240 msgstr ""
6241
6242 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6243 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6244 msgid ""
6245 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6246 "controls the compression for the Translation-en master file."
6247 msgstr ""
6248
6249 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6250 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6251 msgid ""
6252 "Specifies the number of kilobytes to delink (and replace with hard links) "
6253 "per run. This is used in conjunction with the per-section "
6254 "<literal>External-Links</literal> setting."
6255 msgstr ""
6256
6257 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6258 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6259 msgid ""
6260 "Specifies the mode of all created index files. It defaults to 0644. All "
6261 "index files are set to this mode with no regard to the umask."
6262 msgstr ""
6263
6264 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6265 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6266 msgid ""
6267 "Specifies whether long descriptions should be included in the "
6268 "<filename>Packages</filename> file or split out into a master "
6269 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file."
6270 msgstr ""
6271
6272 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6273 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6274 msgid "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> Section"
6275 msgstr ""
6276
6277 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6278 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6279 msgid ""
6280 "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these "
6281 "variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), "
6282 "$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values."
6283 msgstr ""
6284
6285 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6286 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6287 msgid ""
6288 "Sets the number of kilobytes of contents files that are generated each "
6289 "day. The contents files are round-robined so that over several days they "
6290 "will all be rebuilt."
6291 msgstr ""
6292
6293 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6294 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6295 msgid ""
6296 "Controls the number of days a contents file is allowed to be checked without "
6297 "changing. If this limit is passed the mtime of the contents file is "
6298 "updated. This case can occur if the package file is changed in such a way "
6299 "that does not result in a new contents file [override edit for instance]. A "
6300 "hold off is allowed in hopes that new .debs will be installed, requiring a "
6301 "new file anyhow. The default is 10, the units are in days."
6302 msgstr ""
6303
6304 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6305 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6306 msgid ""
6307 "Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to "
6308 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>"
6309 msgstr ""
6310
6311 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6312 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6313 msgid ""
6314 "Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to "
6315 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>"
6316 msgstr ""
6317
6318 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6319 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6320 msgid ""
6321 "Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to "
6322 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>"
6323 msgstr ""
6324
6325 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6326 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6327 msgid ""
6328 "Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to "
6329 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>"
6330 msgstr ""
6331
6332 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6333 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6334 msgid ""
6335 "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if "
6336 "they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to "
6337 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>"
6338 msgstr ""
6339
6340 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6341 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6342 msgid ""
6343 "Sets the path prefix that causes a symlink to be considered an internal link "
6344 "instead of an external link. Defaults to "
6345 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/</filename>"
6346 msgstr ""
6347
6348 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6349 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6350 msgid ""
6351 "Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to "
6352 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting "
6353 "causes multiple Packages files to map onto a single Contents file (as is the "
6354 "default) then <command>apt-ftparchive</command> will integrate those "
6355 "package files together automatically."
6356 msgstr ""
6357
6358 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6359 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6360 msgid "Sets header file to prepend to the contents output."
6361 msgstr ""
6362
6363 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6364 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6365 msgid ""
6366 "Sets the binary cache database to use for this section. Multiple sections "
6367 "can share the same database."
6368 msgstr ""
6369
6370 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6371 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6372 msgid ""
6373 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6374 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6375 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory."
6376 msgstr ""
6377
6378 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6379 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6380 msgid ""
6381 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6382 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6383 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory. "
6384 "This is used when processing source indexes."
6385 msgstr ""
6386
6387 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6388 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6389 msgid "<literal>Tree</literal> Section"
6390 msgstr ""
6391
6392 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6393 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6394 msgid ""
6395 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section defines a standard Debian file tree "
6396 "which consists of a base directory, then multiple sections in that base "
6397 "directory and finally multiple Architectures in each section. The exact "
6398 "pathing used is defined by the <literal>Directory</literal> substitution "
6399 "variable."
6400 msgstr ""
6401
6402 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6403 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6404 msgid ""
6405 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section takes a scope tag which sets the "
6406 "<literal>$(DIST)</literal> variable and defines the root of the tree (the "
6407 "path is prefixed by <literal>ArchiveDir</literal>). Typically this is a "
6408 "setting such as <filename>dists/&stable-codename;</filename>."
6409 msgstr ""
6410
6411 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6412 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6413 msgid ""
6414 "All of the settings defined in the <literal>TreeDefault</literal> section "
6415 "can be used in a <literal>Tree</literal> section as well as three new "
6416 "variables."
6417 msgstr ""
6418
6419 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
6420 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6421 #, no-wrap
6422 msgid ""
6423 "for i in Sections do \n"
6424 " for j in Architectures do\n"
6425 " Generate for DIST=scope SECTION=i ARCH=j\n"
6426 " "
6427 msgstr ""
6428
6429 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6430 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6431 msgid ""
6432 "When processing a <literal>Tree</literal> section "
6433 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> performs an operation similar to: "
6434 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6435 msgstr ""
6436
6437 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6438 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6439 msgid ""
6440 "This is a space separated list of sections which appear under the "
6441 "distribution; typically this is something like <literal>main contrib "
6442 "non-free</literal>"
6443 msgstr ""
6444
6445 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6446 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6447 msgid ""
6448 "This is a space separated list of all the architectures that appear under "
6449 "search section. The special architecture 'source' is used to indicate that "
6450 "this tree has a source archive."
6451 msgstr ""
6452
6453 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6454 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6455 msgid ""
6456 "Sets the binary override file. The override file contains section, priority "
6457 "and maintainer address information."
6458 msgstr ""
6459
6460 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6461 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6462 msgid ""
6463 "Sets the source override file. The override file contains section "
6464 "information."
6465 msgstr ""
6466
6467 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6468 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6469 msgid "Sets the binary extra override file."
6470 msgstr ""
6471
6472 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6473 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6474 msgid "Sets the source extra override file."
6475 msgstr ""
6476
6477 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6478 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6479 msgid "<literal>BinDirectory</literal> Section"
6480 msgstr ""
6481
6482 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6483 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6484 msgid ""
6485 "The <literal>bindirectory</literal> section defines a binary directory tree "
6486 "with no special structure. The scope tag specifies the location of the "
6487 "binary directory and the settings are similar to the <literal>Tree</literal> "
6488 "section with no substitution variables or "
6489 "<literal>Section</literal><literal>Architecture</literal> settings."
6490 msgstr ""
6491
6492 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6493 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6494 msgid "Sets the Packages file output."
6495 msgstr ""
6496
6497 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6498 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6499 msgid ""
6500 "Sets the Sources file output. At least one of <literal>Packages</literal> or "
6501 "<literal>Sources</literal> is required."
6502 msgstr ""
6503
6504 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6505 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6506 msgid "Sets the Contents file output (optional)."
6507 msgstr ""
6508
6509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6510 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6511 msgid "Sets the binary override file."
6512 msgstr ""
6513
6514 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6515 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6516 msgid "Sets the source override file."
6517 msgstr ""
6518
6519 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6520 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6521 msgid "Sets the cache DB."
6522 msgstr ""
6523
6524 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6525 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6526 msgid "Appends a path to all the output paths."
6527 msgstr ""
6528
6529 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6530 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6531 msgid "Specifies the file list file."
6532 msgstr ""
6533
6534 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6535 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6536 msgid "The Binary Override File"
6537 msgstr ""
6538
6539 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6540 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6541 msgid ""
6542 "The binary override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scanpackages;. It "
6543 "contains four fields separated by spaces. The first field is the package "
6544 "name, the second is the priority to force that package to, the third is the "
6545 "section to force that package to and the final field is the maintainer "
6546 "permutation field."
6547 msgstr ""
6548
6549 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6550 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6551 #, no-wrap
6552 msgid "old [// oldn]* => new"
6553 msgstr ""
6554
6555 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6556 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6557 #, no-wrap
6558 msgid "new"
6559 msgstr ""
6560
6561 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6562 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6563 msgid ""
6564 "The general form of the maintainer field is: <placeholder "
6565 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or simply, <placeholder "
6566 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> The first form allows a double-slash "
6567 "separated list of old email addresses to be specified. If any of those are "
6568 "found then new is substituted for the maintainer field. The second form "
6569 "unconditionally substitutes the maintainer field."
6570 msgstr ""
6571
6572 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6573 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6574 msgid "The Source Override File"
6575 msgstr ""
6576
6577 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6578 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6579 msgid ""
6580 "The source override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scansources;. It "
6581 "contains two fields separated by spaces. The first field is the source "
6582 "package name, the second is the section to assign it."
6583 msgstr ""
6584
6585 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6586 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6587 msgid "The Extra Override File"
6588 msgstr ""
6589
6590 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6591 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6592 msgid ""
6593 "The extra override file allows any arbitrary tag to be added or replaced in "
6594 "the output. It has three columns, the first is the package, the second is "
6595 "the tag and the remainder of the line is the new value."
6596 msgstr ""
6597
6598 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6599 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6600 msgid ""
6601 "Generate the given checksum. These options default to on, when turned off "
6602 "the generated index files will not have the checksum fields where possible. "
6603 "Configuration Items: "
6604 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> and "
6605 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> "
6606 "where <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> can be "
6607 "<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> or "
6608 "<literal>Release</literal> and "
6609 "<literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> can be "
6610 "<literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal>, <literal>SHA256</literal> "
6611 "or <literal>SHA512</literal>."
6612 msgstr ""
6613
6614 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6615 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6616 msgid ""
6617 "Use a binary caching DB. This has no effect on the generate command. "
6618 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DB</literal>."
6619 msgstr ""
6620
6621 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6622 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6623 msgid ""
6624 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
6625 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
6626 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
6627 "file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
6628 msgstr ""
6629
6630 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6631 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6632 msgid ""
6633 "Perform Delinking. If the <literal>External-Links</literal> setting is used "
6634 "then this option actually enables delinking of the files. It defaults to on "
6635 "and can be turned off with <option>--no-delink</option>. Configuration "
6636 "Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>."
6637 msgstr ""
6638
6639 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6640 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6641 msgid ""
6642 "Perform contents generation. When this option is set and package indexes are "
6643 "being generated with a cache DB then the file listing will also be extracted "
6644 "and stored in the DB for later use. When using the generate command this "
6645 "option also allows the creation of any Contents files. The default is on. "
6646 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>."
6647 msgstr ""
6648
6649 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6650 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6651 msgid ""
6652 "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</literal> "
6653 "command. Configuration Item: "
6654 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>."
6655 msgstr ""
6656
6657 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6658 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6659 msgid ""
6660 "Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: "
6661 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>."
6662 msgstr ""
6663
6664 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6665 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6666 msgid ""
6667 "Accept in the <literal>packages</literal> and <literal>contents</literal> "
6668 "commands only package files matching <literal>*_arch.deb</literal> or "
6669 "<literal>*_all.deb</literal> instead of all package files in the given "
6670 "path. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>."
6671 msgstr ""
6672
6673 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6674 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6675 msgid ""
6676 "&apt-ftparchive; caches as much as possible of metadata in a cachedb. If "
6677 "packages are recompiled and/or republished with the same version again, this "
6678 "will lead to problems as the now outdated cached metadata like size and "
6679 "checksums will be used. With this option enabled this will no longer happen "
6680 "as it will be checked if the file was changed. Note that this option is set "
6681 "to \"<literal>false</literal>\" by default as it is not recommend to upload "
6682 "multiply versions/builds of a package with the same versionnumber, so in "
6683 "theory nobody will have these problems and therefore all these extra checks "
6684 "are useless."
6685 msgstr ""
6686
6687 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6688 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6689 msgid ""
6690 "This configuration option defaults to \"<literal>true</literal>\" and should "
6691 "only be set to <literal>\"false\"</literal> if the Archive generated with "
6692 "&apt-ftparchive; also provides <filename>Translation</filename> files. Note "
6693 "that the <filename>Translation-en</filename> master file can only be created "
6694 "in the generate command."
6695 msgstr ""
6696
6697 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
6698 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6699 #, no-wrap
6700 msgid ""
6701 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> packages "
6702 "<replaceable>directory</replaceable> | <command>gzip</command> > "
6703 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename>\n"
6704 msgstr ""
6705
6706 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6707 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6708 msgid ""
6709 "To create a compressed Packages file for a directory containing binary "
6710 "packages (.deb): <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6711 msgstr ""
6712
6713 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6714 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6715 msgid ""
6716 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6717 "100 on error."
6718 msgstr ""
6719
6720 #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <book>
6721 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6722 msgid "en"
6723 msgstr ""
6724
6725 #. type: Content of: <book><title>
6726 #: guide.dbk:1
6727 msgid "APT User's Guide"
6728 msgstr ""
6729
6730 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><personname>
6731 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6732 msgid "Jason Gunthorpe"
6733 msgstr ""
6734
6735 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
6736 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6737 msgid "jgg@debian.org"
6738 msgstr ""
6739
6740 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
6741 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6742 msgid "Version &apt-product-version;"
6743 msgstr ""
6744
6745 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
6746 #: guide.dbk:1
6747 msgid ""
6748 "This document provides an overview of how to use the the APT package "
6749 "manager."
6750 msgstr ""
6751
6752 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
6753 #: guide.dbk:1
6754 msgid "<copyright><year>1998</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
6755 msgstr ""
6756
6757 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><title>
6758 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6759 msgid "License Notice"
6760 msgstr ""
6761
6762 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6763 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6764 msgid ""
6765 "\"APT\" and this document are free software; you can redistribute them "
6766 "and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public License as "
6767 "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, "
6768 "or (at your option) any later version."
6769 msgstr ""
6770
6771 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6772 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6773 msgid ""
6774 "For more details, on Debian systems, see the file "
6775 "/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL for the full license."
6776 msgstr ""
6777
6778 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6779 #: guide.dbk:1
6780 msgid "General"
6781 msgstr ""
6782
6783 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6784 #: guide.dbk:1
6785 msgid ""
6786 "The APT package currently contains two sections, the APT "
6787 "<command>dselect</command> method and the <command>apt-get</command> command "
6788 "line user interface. Both provide a way to install and remove packages as "
6789 "well as download new packages from the Internet."
6790 msgstr ""
6791
6792 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
6793 #: guide.dbk:1
6794 msgid "Anatomy of the Package System"
6795 msgstr ""
6796
6797 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6798 #: guide.dbk:1
6799 msgid ""
6800 "The Debian packaging system has a large amount of information associated "
6801 "with each package to help assure that it integrates cleanly and easily into "
6802 "the system. The most prominent of its features is the dependency system."
6803 msgstr ""
6804
6805 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6806 #: guide.dbk:1
6807 msgid ""
6808 "The dependency system allows individual programs to make use of shared "
6809 "elements in the system such as libraries. It simplifies placing infrequently "
6810 "used portions of a program in separate packages to reduce the number of "
6811 "things the average user is required to install. Also, it allows for choices "
6812 "in mail transport agents, X servers and so on."
6813 msgstr ""
6814
6815 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6816 #: guide.dbk:1
6817 msgid ""
6818 "The first step to understanding the dependency system is to grasp the "
6819 "concept of a simple dependency. The meaning of a simple dependency is that a "
6820 "package requires another package to be installed at the same time to work "
6821 "properly."
6822 msgstr ""
6823
6824 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6825 #: guide.dbk:1
6826 msgid ""
6827 "For instance, mailcrypt is an emacs extension that aids in encrypting email "
6828 "with GPG. Without GPGP installed mailcrypt is useless, so mailcrypt has a "
6829 "simple dependency on GPG. Also, because it is an emacs extension it has a "
6830 "simple dependency on emacs, without emacs it is completely useless."
6831 msgstr ""
6832
6833 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6834 #: guide.dbk:1
6835 msgid ""
6836 "The other important dependency to understand is a conflicting dependency. It "
6837 "means that a package, when installed with another package, will not work and "
6838 "may possibly be extremely harmful to the system. As an example consider a "
6839 "mail transport agent such as sendmail, exim or qmail. It is not possible to "
6840 "have two mail transport agents installed because both need to listen to the "
6841 "network to receive mail. Attempting to install two will seriously damage the "
6842 "system so all mail transport agents have a conflicting dependency with all "
6843 "other mail transport agents."
6844 msgstr ""
6845
6846 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6847 #: guide.dbk:1
6848 msgid ""
6849 "As an added complication there is the possibility for a package to pretend "
6850 "to be another package. Consider that exim and sendmail for many intents are "
6851 "identical, they both deliver mail and understand a common interface. Hence, "
6852 "the package system has a way for them to declare that they are both "
6853 "mail-transport-agents. So, exim and sendmail both declare that they provide "
6854 "a mail-transport-agent and other packages that need a mail transport agent "
6855 "depend on mail-transport-agent. This can add a great deal of confusion when "
6856 "trying to manually fix packages."
6857 msgstr ""
6858
6859 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6860 #: guide.dbk:1
6861 msgid ""
6862 "At any given time a single dependency may be met by packages that are "
6863 "already installed or it may not be. APT attempts to help resolve dependency "
6864 "issues by providing a number of automatic algorithms that help in selecting "
6865 "packages for installation."
6866 msgstr ""
6867
6868 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6869 #: guide.dbk:1
6870 msgid "apt-get"
6871 msgstr ""
6872
6873 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6874 #: guide.dbk:1
6875 msgid ""
6876 "<command>apt-get</command> provides a simple way to install packages from "
6877 "the command line. Unlike <command>dpkg</command>, <command>apt-get</command> "
6878 "does not understand .deb files, it works with the package's proper name and "
6879 "can only install .deb archives from a <emphasis>Source</emphasis>."
6880 msgstr ""
6881
6882 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
6883 #: guide.dbk:1
6884 msgid ""
6885 "If you are using an http proxy server you must set the http_proxy "
6886 "environment variable first, see sources.list(5)"
6887 msgstr ""
6888
6889 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6890 #: guide.dbk:1
6891 msgid ""
6892 "The first <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> thing that should be "
6893 "done before using <command>apt-get</command> is to fetch the package lists "
6894 "from the <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> so that it knows what packages are "
6895 "available. This is done with <literal>apt-get update</literal>. For "
6896 "instance,"
6897 msgstr ""
6898
6899 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
6900 #: guide.dbk:1
6901 #, no-wrap
6902 msgid ""
6903 "# apt-get update\n"
6904 "Get http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/binary-i386/ Packages\n"
6905 "Get http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
6906 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6907 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
6908 msgstr ""
6909
6910 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6911 #: guide.dbk:1
6912 msgid "Once updated there are several commands that can be used:"
6913 msgstr ""
6914
6915 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6916 #: guide.dbk:1
6917 msgid "upgrade"
6918 msgstr ""
6919
6920 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6921 #: guide.dbk:1
6922 msgid ""
6923 "Upgrade will attempt to gently upgrade the whole system. Upgrade will never "
6924 "install a new package or remove an existing package, nor will it ever "
6925 "upgrade a package that might cause some other package to break. This can be "
6926 "used daily to relatively safely upgrade the system. Upgrade will list all of "
6927 "the packages that it could not upgrade, this usually means that they depend "
6928 "on new packages or conflict with some other "
6929 "package. <command>dselect</command> or <literal>apt-get install</literal> "
6930 "can be used to force these packages to install."
6931 msgstr ""
6932
6933 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6934 #: guide.dbk:1
6935 msgid "install"
6936 msgstr ""
6937
6938 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6939 #: guide.dbk:1
6940 msgid ""
6941 "Install is used to install packages by name. The package is automatically "
6942 "fetched and installed. This can be useful if you already know the name of "
6943 "the package to install and do not want to go into a GUI to select it. Any "
6944 "number of packages may be passed to install, they will all be "
6945 "fetched. Install automatically attempts to resolve dependency problems with "
6946 "the listed packages and will print a summary and ask for confirmation if "
6947 "anything other than its arguments are changed."
6948 msgstr ""
6949
6950 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6951 #: guide.dbk:1
6952 msgid "dist-upgrade"
6953 msgstr ""
6954
6955 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6956 #: guide.dbk:1
6957 msgid ""
6958 "Dist-upgrade is a complete upgrader designed to simplify upgrading between "
6959 "releases of Debian. It uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine the best "
6960 "set of packages to install, upgrade and remove to get as much of the system "
6961 "to the newest release. In some situations it may be desired to use "
6962 "dist-upgrade rather than spend the time manually resolving dependencies in "
6963 "<command>dselect</command>. Once dist-upgrade has completed then "
6964 "<command>dselect</command> can be used to install any packages that may have "
6965 "been left out."
6966 msgstr ""
6967
6968 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6969 #: guide.dbk:1
6970 msgid ""
6971 "It is important to closely look at what dist-upgrade is going to do, its "
6972 "decisions may sometimes be quite surprising."
6973 msgstr ""
6974
6975 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6976 #: guide.dbk:1
6977 msgid ""
6978 "<command>apt-get</command> has several command line options that are "
6979 "detailed in its man page, "
6980 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apt-get</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. "
6981 "The most useful option is <literal>-d</literal> which does not install the "
6982 "fetched files. If the system has to download a large number of package it "
6983 "would be undesired to start installing them in case something goes "
6984 "wrong. When <literal>-d</literal> is used the downloaded archives can be "
6985 "installed by simply running the command that caused them to be downloaded "
6986 "again without <literal>-d</literal>."
6987 msgstr ""
6988
6989 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6990 #: guide.dbk:1
6991 msgid "DSelect"
6992 msgstr ""
6993
6994 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6995 #: guide.dbk:1
6996 msgid ""
6997 "The APT <command>dselect</command> method provides the complete APT system "
6998 "with the <command>dselect</command> package selection "
6999 "GUI. <command>dselect</command> is used to select the packages to be "
7000 "installed or removed and APT actually installs them."
7001 msgstr ""
7002
7003 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7004 #: guide.dbk:1
7005 msgid ""
7006 "To enable the APT method you need to select [A]ccess in "
7007 "<command>dselect</command> and then choose the APT method. You will be "
7008 "prompted for a set of <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> which are places to fetch "
7009 "archives from. These can be remote Internet sites, local Debian mirrors or "
7010 "CD-ROMs. Each source can provide a fragment of the total Debian archive, APT "
7011 "will automatically combine them to form a complete set of packages. If you "
7012 "have a CD-ROM then it is a good idea to specify it first and then specify a "
7013 "mirror so that you have access to the latest bug fixes. APT will "
7014 "automatically use packages on your CD-ROM before downloading from the "
7015 "Internet."
7016 msgstr ""
7017
7018 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7019 #: guide.dbk:1
7020 #, no-wrap
7021 msgid ""
7022 " Set up a list of distribution source locations\n"
7023 "\n"
7024 " Please give the base URL of the debian distribution.\n"
7025 " The access schemes I know about are: http file\n"
7026 "\n"
7027 " For example:\n"
7028 " file:/mnt/debian,\n"
7029 " ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian,\n"
7030 " http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian,\n"
7031 "\n"
7032 "\n"
7033 " URL [http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian]:\n"
7034 msgstr ""
7035
7036 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7037 #: guide.dbk:1
7038 msgid ""
7039 "The <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> setup starts by asking for the base of the "
7040 "Debian archive, defaulting to a HTTP mirror. Next it asks for the "
7041 "distribution to get."
7042 msgstr ""
7043
7044 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7045 #: guide.dbk:1
7046 #, no-wrap
7047 msgid ""
7048 " Please give the distribution tag to get or a path to the\n"
7049 " package file ending in a /. The distribution\n"
7050 " tags are typically something like: stable unstable testing non-US\n"
7051 "\n"
7052 " Distribution [stable]:\n"
7053 msgstr ""
7054
7055 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7056 #: guide.dbk:1
7057 msgid ""
7058 "The distribution refers to the Debian version in the archive, "
7059 "<emphasis>stable</emphasis> refers to the latest released version and "
7060 "<emphasis>unstable</emphasis> refers to the developmental "
7061 "version. <emphasis>non-US</emphasis> is only available on some mirrors and "
7062 "refers to packages that contain encryption technology or other things that "
7063 "cannot be exported from the United States. Importing these packages into the "
7064 "US is legal however."
7065 msgstr ""
7066
7067 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7068 #: guide.dbk:1
7069 #, no-wrap
7070 msgid ""
7071 " Please give the components to get\n"
7072 " The components are typically something like: main contrib non-free\n"
7073 "\n"
7074 " Components [main contrib non-free]:\n"
7075 msgstr ""
7076
7077 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7078 #: guide.dbk:1
7079 msgid ""
7080 "The components list refers to the list of sub distributions to fetch. The "
7081 "distribution is split up based on software licenses, main being DFSG free "
7082 "packages while contrib and non-free contain things that have various "
7083 "restrictions placed on their use and distribution."
7084 msgstr ""
7085
7086 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7087 #: guide.dbk:1
7088 msgid ""
7089 "Any number of sources can be added, the setup script will continue to prompt "
7090 "until you have specified all that you want."
7091 msgstr ""
7092
7093 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7094 #: guide.dbk:1
7095 msgid ""
7096 "Before starting to use <command>dselect</command> it is necessary to update "
7097 "the available list by selecting [U]pdate from the menu. This is a superset "
7098 "of <literal>apt-get update</literal> that makes the fetched information "
7099 "available to <command>dselect</command>. [U]pdate must be performed even if "
7100 "<literal>apt-get update</literal> has been run before."
7101 msgstr ""
7102
7103 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7104 #: guide.dbk:1
7105 msgid ""
7106 "You can then go on and make your selections using [S]elect and then perform "
7107 "the installation using [I]nstall. When using the APT method the [C]onfig and "
7108 "[R]emove commands have no meaning, the [I]nstall command performs both of "
7109 "them together."
7110 msgstr ""
7111
7112 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7113 #: guide.dbk:1
7114 msgid ""
7115 "By default APT will automatically remove the package (.deb) files once they "
7116 "have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place "
7117 "<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf."
7118 msgstr ""
7119
7120 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7121 #: guide.dbk:1
7122 msgid "The Interface"
7123 msgstr ""
7124
7125 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
7126 #: guide.dbk:1
7127 msgid ""
7128 "The <command>dselect</command> method actually is a set of wrapper scripts "
7129 "to <command>apt-get</command>. The method actually provides more "
7130 "functionality than is present in <command>apt-get</command> alone."
7131 msgstr ""
7132
7133 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7134 #: guide.dbk:1
7135 msgid ""
7136 "Both that APT <command>dselect</command> method and "
7137 "<command>apt-get</command> share the same interface. It is a simple system "
7138 "that generally tells you what it will do and then goes and does "
7139 "it. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> After printing out a summary "
7140 "of what will happen APT then will print out some informative status messages "
7141 "so that you can estimate how far along it is and how much is left to do."
7142 msgstr ""
7143
7144 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7145 #: guide.dbk:1
7146 msgid "Startup"
7147 msgstr ""
7148
7149 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7150 #: guide.dbk:1
7151 msgid ""
7152 "Before all operations except update, APT performs a number of actions to "
7153 "prepare its internal state. It also does some checks of the system's "
7154 "state. At any time these operations can be performed by running "
7155 "<literal>apt-get check</literal>."
7156 msgstr ""
7157
7158 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7159 #: guide.dbk:1
7160 #, no-wrap
7161 msgid ""
7162 "# apt-get check\n"
7163 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
7164 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
7165 msgstr ""
7166
7167 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7168 #: guide.dbk:1
7169 msgid ""
7170 "The first thing it does is read all the package files into memory. APT uses "
7171 "a caching scheme so this operation will be faster the second time it is "
7172 "run. If some of the package files are not found then they will be ignored "
7173 "and a warning will be printed when apt-get exits."
7174 msgstr ""
7175
7176 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7177 #: guide.dbk:1
7178 msgid ""
7179 "The final operation performs a detailed analysis of the system's "
7180 "dependencies. It checks every dependency of every installed or unpacked "
7181 "package and considers if it is OK. Should this find a problem then a report "
7182 "will be printed out and <command>apt-get</command> will refuse to run."
7183 msgstr ""
7184
7185 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7186 #: guide.dbk:1
7187 #, no-wrap
7188 msgid ""
7189 "# apt-get check\n"
7190 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
7191 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
7192 "You might want to run apt-get -f install' to correct these.\n"
7193 "Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:\n"
7194 " 9fonts: Depends: xlib6g but it is not installed\n"
7195 " uucp: Depends: mailx but it is not installed\n"
7196 " blast: Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
7197 " adduser: Depends: perl-base but it is not installed\n"
7198 " aumix: Depends: libgpmg1 but it is not installed\n"
7199 " debiandoc-sgml: Depends: sgml-base but it is not installed\n"
7200 " bash-builtins: Depends: bash (&gt;= 2.01) but 2.0-3 is installed\n"
7201 " cthugha: Depends: svgalibg1 but it is not installed\n"
7202 " Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
7203 " libreadlineg2: Conflicts:libreadline2 (&lt;&lt; 2.1-2.1)\n"
7204 msgstr ""
7205
7206 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7207 #: guide.dbk:1
7208 msgid ""
7209 "In this example the system has many problems, including a serious problem "
7210 "with libreadlineg2. For each package that has unmet dependencies a line is "
7211 "printed out indicating the package with the problem and the dependencies "
7212 "that are unmet. A short explanation of why the package has a dependency "
7213 "problem is also included."
7214 msgstr ""
7215
7216 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para><footnote><para>
7217 #: guide.dbk:1
7218 msgid ""
7219 "APT however considers all known dependencies and attempts to prevent broken "
7220 "packages"
7221 msgstr ""
7222
7223 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7224 #: guide.dbk:1
7225 msgid ""
7226 "There are two ways a system can get into a broken state like this. The first "
7227 "is caused by <command>dpkg</command> missing some subtle relationships "
7228 "between packages when performing upgrades. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
7229 "id=\"0\"/>. The second is if a package installation fails during an "
7230 "operation. In this situation a package may have been unpacked without its "
7231 "dependents being installed."
7232 msgstr ""
7233
7234 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7235 #: guide.dbk:1
7236 msgid ""
7237 "The second situation is much less serious than the first because APT places "
7238 "certain constraints on the order that packages are installed. In both cases "
7239 "supplying the <literal>-f</literal> option to <command>apt-get</command> "
7240 "will cause APT to deduce a possible solution to the problem and then "
7241 "continue on. The APT <command>dselect</command> method always supplies the "
7242 "<literal>-f</literal> option to allow for easy continuation of failed "
7243 "maintainer scripts."
7244 msgstr ""
7245
7246 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7247 #: guide.dbk:1
7248 msgid ""
7249 "However, if the <literal>-f</literal> option is used to correct a seriously "
7250 "broken system caused by the first case then it is possible that it will "
7251 "either fail immediately or the installation sequence will fail. In either "
7252 "case it is necessary to manually use dpkg (possibly with forcing options) to "
7253 "correct the situation enough to allow APT to proceed."
7254 msgstr ""
7255
7256 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7257 #: guide.dbk:1
7258 msgid "The Status Report"
7259 msgstr ""
7260
7261 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7262 #: guide.dbk:1
7263 msgid ""
7264 "Before proceeding <command>apt-get</command> will present a report on what "
7265 "will happen. Generally the report reflects the type of operation being "
7266 "performed but there are several common elements. In all cases the lists "
7267 "reflect the final state of things, taking into account the "
7268 "<literal>-f</literal> option and any other relevant activities to the "
7269 "command being executed."
7270 msgstr ""
7271
7272 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7273 #: guide.dbk:1
7274 msgid "The Extra Package list"
7275 msgstr ""
7276
7277 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7278 #: guide.dbk:1
7279 #, no-wrap
7280 msgid ""
7281 "The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
7282 " libdbd-mysql-perl xlib6 zlib1 xzx libreadline2 libdbd-msql-perl\n"
7283 " mailpgp xdpkg fileutils pinepgp zlib1g xlib6g perl-base\n"
7284 " bin86 libgdbm1 libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 bcc xbuffy\n"
7285 " squake pgp-i python-base debmake ldso perl libreadlineg2\n"
7286 " ssh\n"
7287 msgstr ""
7288
7289 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7290 #: guide.dbk:1
7291 msgid ""
7292 "The Extra Package list shows all of the packages that will be installed or "
7293 "upgraded in excess of the ones mentioned on the command line. It is only "
7294 "generated for an <literal>install</literal> command. The listed packages are "
7295 "often the result of an Auto Install."
7296 msgstr ""
7297
7298 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7299 #: guide.dbk:1
7300 msgid "The Packages to Remove"
7301 msgstr ""
7302
7303 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7304 #: guide.dbk:1
7305 #, no-wrap
7306 msgid ""
7307 "The following packages will be REMOVED:\n"
7308 " xlib6-dev xpat2 tk40-dev xkeycaps xbattle xonix\n"
7309 " xdaliclock tk40 tk41 xforms0.86 ghostview xloadimage xcolorsel\n"
7310 " xadmin xboard perl-debug tkined xtetris libreadline2-dev perl-suid\n"
7311 " nas xpilot xfig\n"
7312 msgstr ""
7313
7314 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7315 #: guide.dbk:1
7316 msgid ""
7317 "The Packages to Remove list shows all of the packages that will be removed "
7318 "from the system. It can be shown for any of the operations and should be "
7319 "given a careful inspection to ensure nothing important is to be taken "
7320 "off. The <literal>-f</literal> option is especially good at generating "
7321 "packages to remove so extreme care should be used in that case. The list may "
7322 "contain packages that are going to be removed because they are only "
7323 "partially installed, possibly due to an aborted installation."
7324 msgstr ""
7325
7326 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7327 #: guide.dbk:1
7328 msgid "The New Packages list"
7329 msgstr ""
7330
7331 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7332 #: guide.dbk:1
7333 #, no-wrap
7334 msgid ""
7335 "The following NEW packages will installed:\n"
7336 " zlib1g xlib6g perl-base libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 pgp-i python-base\n"
7337 msgstr ""
7338
7339 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7340 #: guide.dbk:1
7341 msgid ""
7342 "The New Packages list is simply a reminder of what will happen. The packages "
7343 "listed are not presently installed in the system but will be when APT is "
7344 "done."
7345 msgstr ""
7346
7347 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7348 #: guide.dbk:1
7349 msgid "The Kept Back list"
7350 msgstr ""
7351
7352 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7353 #: guide.dbk:1
7354 #, no-wrap
7355 msgid ""
7356 "The following packages have been kept back\n"
7357 " compface man-db tetex-base msql libpaper svgalib1\n"
7358 " gs snmp arena lynx xpat2 groff xscreensaver\n"
7359 msgstr ""
7360
7361 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7362 #: guide.dbk:1
7363 msgid ""
7364 "Whenever the whole system is being upgraded there is the possibility that "
7365 "new versions of packages cannot be installed because they require new things "
7366 "or conflict with already installed things. In this case the package will "
7367 "appear in the Kept Back list. The best way to convince packages listed there "
7368 "to install is with <literal>apt-get install</literal> or by using "
7369 "<command>dselect</command> to resolve their problems."
7370 msgstr ""
7371
7372 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7373 #: guide.dbk:1
7374 msgid "Held Packages warning"
7375 msgstr ""
7376
7377 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7378 #: guide.dbk:1
7379 #, no-wrap
7380 msgid ""
7381 "The following held packages will be changed:\n"
7382 " cvs\n"
7383 msgstr ""
7384
7385 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7386 #: guide.dbk:1
7387 msgid ""
7388 "Sometimes you can ask APT to install a package that is on hold, in such a "
7389 "case it prints out a warning that the held package is going to be "
7390 "changed. This should only happen during dist-upgrade or install."
7391 msgstr ""
7392
7393 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7394 #: guide.dbk:1
7395 msgid "Final summary"
7396 msgstr ""
7397
7398 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7399 #: guide.dbk:1
7400 msgid "Finally, APT will print out a summary of all the changes that will occur."
7401 msgstr ""
7402
7403 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7404 #: guide.dbk:1
7405 #, no-wrap
7406 msgid ""
7407 "206 packages upgraded, 8 newly installed, 23 to remove and 51 not "
7408 "upgraded.\n"
7409 "12 packages not fully installed or removed.\n"
7410 "Need to get 65.7M/66.7M of archives. After unpacking 26.5M will be used.\n"
7411 msgstr ""
7412
7413 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7414 #: guide.dbk:1
7415 msgid ""
7416 "The first line of the summary simply is a reduced version of all of the "
7417 "lists and includes the number of upgrades - that is packages already "
7418 "installed that have new versions available. The second line indicates the "
7419 "number of poorly configured packages, possibly the result of an aborted "
7420 "installation. The final line shows the space requirements that the "
7421 "installation needs. The first pair of numbers refer to the size of the "
7422 "archive files. The first number indicates the number of bytes that must be "
7423 "fetched from remote locations and the second indicates the total size of all "
7424 "the archives required. The next number indicates the size difference between "
7425 "the presently installed packages and the newly installed packages. It is "
7426 "roughly equivalent to the space required in /usr after everything is "
7427 "done. If a large number of packages are being removed then the value may "
7428 "indicate the amount of space that will be freed."
7429 msgstr ""
7430
7431 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7432 #: guide.dbk:1
7433 msgid ""
7434 "Some other reports can be generated by using the -u option to show packages "
7435 "to upgrade, they are similar to the previous examples."
7436 msgstr ""
7437
7438 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7439 #: guide.dbk:1
7440 msgid "The Status Display"
7441 msgstr ""
7442
7443 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7444 #: guide.dbk:1
7445 msgid ""
7446 "During the download of archives and package files APT prints out a series of "
7447 "status messages."
7448 msgstr ""
7449
7450 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7451 #: guide.dbk:1
7452 #, no-wrap
7453 msgid ""
7454 "# apt-get update\n"
7455 "Get:1 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/non-US/ Packages\n"
7456 "Get:2 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
7457 "Hit http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/main Packages\n"
7458 "Get:4 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ unstable/binary-i386/ "
7459 "Packages\n"
7460 "Get:5 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/non-free Packages\n"
7461 "11% [5 testing/non-free `Waiting for file' 0/32.1k 0%] 2203b/s 1m52s\n"
7462 msgstr ""
7463
7464 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7465 #: guide.dbk:1
7466 msgid ""
7467 "The lines starting with <emphasis>Get</emphasis> are printed out when APT "
7468 "begins to fetch a file while the last line indicates the progress of the "
7469 "download. The first percent value on the progress line indicates the total "
7470 "percent done of all files. Unfortunately since the size of the Package files "
7471 "is unknown <literal>apt-get update</literal> estimates the percent done "
7472 "which causes some inaccuracies."
7473 msgstr ""
7474
7475 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7476 #: guide.dbk:1
7477 msgid ""
7478 "The next section of the status line is repeated once for each download "
7479 "thread and indicates the operation being performed and some useful "
7480 "information about what is happening. Sometimes this section will simply read "
7481 "<emphasis>Forking</emphasis> which means the OS is loading the download "
7482 "module. The first word after the [ is the fetch number as shown on the "
7483 "history lines. The next word is the short form name of the object being "
7484 "downloaded. For archives it will contain the name of the package that is "
7485 "being fetched."
7486 msgstr ""
7487
7488 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7489 #: guide.dbk:1
7490 msgid ""
7491 "Inside of the single quote is an informative string indicating the progress "
7492 "of the negotiation phase of the download. Typically it progresses from "
7493 "<emphasis>Connecting</emphasis> to <emphasis>Waiting for file</emphasis> to "
7494 "<emphasis>Downloading</emphasis> or <emphasis>Resuming</emphasis>. The final "
7495 "value is the number of bytes downloaded from the remote site. Once the "
7496 "download begins this is represented as <literal>102/10.2k</literal> "
7497 "indicating that 102 bytes have been fetched and 10.2 kilobytes is "
7498 "expected. The total size is always shown in 4 figure notation to preserve "
7499 "space. After the size display is a percent meter for the file itself. The "
7500 "second last element is the instantaneous average speed. This values is "
7501 "updated every 5 seconds and reflects the rate of data transfer for that "
7502 "period. Finally is shown the estimated transfer time. This is updated "
7503 "regularly and reflects the time to complete everything at the shown transfer "
7504 "rate."
7505 msgstr ""
7506
7507 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7508 #: guide.dbk:1
7509 msgid ""
7510 "The status display updates every half second to provide a constant feedback "
7511 "on the download progress while the Get lines scroll back whenever a new file "
7512 "is started. Since the status display is constantly updated it is unsuitable "
7513 "for logging to a file, use the <literal>-q</literal> option to remove the "
7514 "status display."
7515 msgstr ""
7516
7517 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7518 #: guide.dbk:1
7519 msgid "Dpkg"
7520 msgstr ""
7521
7522 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7523 #: guide.dbk:1
7524 msgid ""
7525 "APT uses <command>dpkg</command> for installing the archives and will switch "
7526 "over to the <command>dpkg</command> interface once downloading is "
7527 "completed. <command>dpkg</command> will also ask a number of questions as it "
7528 "processes the packages and the packages themselves may also ask several "
7529 "questions. Before each question there is usually a description of what it is "
7530 "asking and the questions are too varied to discuss completely here."
7531 msgstr ""
7532
7533 #. type: Content of: <book><title>
7534 #: offline.dbk:1
7535 msgid "Using APT Offline"
7536 msgstr ""
7537
7538 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
7539 #: offline.dbk:1
7540 msgid ""
7541 "This document describes how to use APT in a non-networked environment, "
7542 "specifically a 'sneaker-net' approach for performing upgrades."
7543 msgstr ""
7544
7545 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
7546 #: offline.dbk:1
7547 msgid "<copyright><year>1999</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
7548 msgstr ""
7549
7550 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7551 #: offline.dbk:1
7552 msgid "Introduction"
7553 msgstr ""
7554
7555 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7556 #: offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
7557 msgid "Overview"
7558 msgstr ""
7559
7560 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7561 #: offline.dbk:1
7562 msgid ""
7563 "Normally APT requires direct access to a Debian archive, either from a local "
7564 "media or through a network. Another common complaint is that a Debian "
7565 "machine is on a slow link, such as a modem and another machine has a very "
7566 "fast connection but they are physically distant."
7567 msgstr ""
7568
7569 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7570 #: offline.dbk:1
7571 msgid ""
7572 "The solution to this is to use large removable media such as a Zip disc or a "
7573 "SuperDisk disc. These discs are not large enough to store the entire Debian "
7574 "archive but can easily fit a subset large enough for most users. The idea is "
7575 "to use APT to generate a list of packages that are required and then fetch "
7576 "them onto the disc using another machine with good connectivity. It is even "
7577 "possible to use another Debian machine with APT or to use a completely "
7578 "different OS and a download tool like wget. Let <emphasis>remote "
7579 "host</emphasis> mean the machine downloading the packages, and "
7580 "<emphasis>target host</emphasis> the one with bad or no connection."
7581 msgstr ""
7582
7583 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7584 #: offline.dbk:1
7585 msgid ""
7586 "This is achieved by creatively manipulating the APT configuration file. The "
7587 "essential premise to tell APT to look on a disc for it's archive files. Note "
7588 "that the disc should be formatted with a filesystem that can handle long "
7589 "file names such as ext2, fat32 or vfat."
7590 msgstr ""
7591
7592 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7593 #: offline.dbk:1
7594 msgid "Using APT on both machines"
7595 msgstr ""
7596
7597 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7598 #: offline.dbk:1
7599 msgid ""
7600 "APT being available on both machines gives the simplest configuration. The "
7601 "basic idea is to place a copy of the status file on the disc and use the "
7602 "remote machine to fetch the latest package files and decide which packages "
7603 "to download. The disk directory structure should look like:"
7604 msgstr ""
7605
7606 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7607 #: offline.dbk:1
7608 #, no-wrap
7609 msgid ""
7610 " /disc/\n"
7611 " archives/\n"
7612 " partial/\n"
7613 " lists/\n"
7614 " partial/\n"
7615 " status\n"
7616 " sources.list\n"
7617 " apt.conf\n"
7618 msgstr ""
7619
7620 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7621 #: offline.dbk:1
7622 msgid "The configuration file"
7623 msgstr ""
7624
7625 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7626 #: offline.dbk:1
7627 msgid ""
7628 "The configuration file should tell APT to store its files on the disc and to "
7629 "use the configuration files on the disc as well. The sources.list should "
7630 "contain the proper sites that you wish to use from the remote machine, and "
7631 "the status file should be a copy of "
7632 "<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> from the <emphasis>target "
7633 "host</emphasis>. Please note, if you are using a local archive you must use "
7634 "copy URIs, the syntax is identical to file URIs."
7635 msgstr ""
7636
7637 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7638 #: offline.dbk:1
7639 msgid ""
7640 "<emphasis>apt.conf</emphasis> must contain the necessary information to make "
7641 "APT use the disc:"
7642 msgstr ""
7643
7644 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7645 #: offline.dbk:1
7646 #, no-wrap
7647 msgid ""
7648 " APT\n"
7649 " {\n"
7650 " /* This is not necessary if the two machines are the same arch, it "
7651 "tells\n"
7652 " the remote APT what architecture the target machine is */\n"
7653 " Architecture \"i386\";\n"
7654 "\n"
7655 " Get::Download-Only \"true\";\n"
7656 " };\n"
7657 "\n"
7658 " Dir\n"
7659 " {\n"
7660 " /* Use the disc for state information and redirect the status file from\n"
7661 " the /var/lib/dpkg default */\n"
7662 " State \"/disc/\";\n"
7663 " State::status \"status\";\n"
7664 "\n"
7665 " // Binary caches will be stored locally\n"
7666 " Cache::archives \"/disc/archives/\";\n"
7667 " Cache \"/tmp/\";\n"
7668 "\n"
7669 " // Location of the source list.\n"
7670 " Etc \"/disc/\";\n"
7671 " };\n"
7672 msgstr ""
7673
7674 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7675 #: offline.dbk:1
7676 msgid ""
7677 "More details can be seen by examining the apt.conf man page and the sample "
7678 "configuration file in "
7679 "<emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt.conf</emphasis>."
7680 msgstr ""
7681
7682 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7683 #: offline.dbk:1
7684 msgid ""
7685 "On the target machine the first thing to do is mount the disc and copy "
7686 "<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> to it. You will also need to "
7687 "create the directories outlined in the Overview, "
7688 "<emphasis>archives/partial/</emphasis> and "
7689 "<emphasis>lists/partial/</emphasis>. Then take the disc to the remote "
7690 "machine and configure the sources.list. On the remote machine execute the "
7691 "following:"
7692 msgstr ""
7693
7694 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7695 #: offline.dbk:1
7696 #, no-wrap
7697 msgid ""
7698 " # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7699 " # apt-get update\n"
7700 " [ APT fetches the package files ]\n"
7701 " # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7702 " [ APT fetches all the packages needed to upgrade the target machine ]\n"
7703 msgstr ""
7704
7705 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7706 #: offline.dbk:1
7707 msgid ""
7708 "The dist-upgrade command can be replaced with any other standard APT "
7709 "commands, particularly dselect-upgrade. You can even use an APT front end "
7710 "such as <emphasis>dselect</emphasis>. However this presents a problem in "
7711 "communicating your selections back to the local computer."
7712 msgstr ""
7713
7714 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7715 #: offline.dbk:1
7716 msgid ""
7717 "Now the disc contains all of the index files and archives needed to upgrade "
7718 "the target machine. Take the disc back and run:"
7719 msgstr ""
7720
7721 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7722 #: offline.dbk:1
7723 #, no-wrap
7724 msgid ""
7725 " # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7726 " # apt-get check\n"
7727 " [ APT generates a local copy of the cache files ]\n"
7728 " # apt-get --no-d -o dir::state::status=/var/lib/dpkg/status dist-upgrade\n"
7729 " [ Or any other APT command ]\n"
7730 msgstr ""
7731
7732 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7733 #: offline.dbk:1
7734 msgid ""
7735 "It is necessary for proper function to re-specify the status file to be the "
7736 "local one. This is very important!"
7737 msgstr ""
7738
7739 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7740 #: offline.dbk:1
7741 msgid ""
7742 "If you are using dselect you can do the very risky operation of copying "
7743 "disc/status to /var/lib/dpkg/status so that any selections you made on the "
7744 "remote machine are updated. I highly recommend that people only make "
7745 "selections on the local machine - but this may not always be possible. DO "
7746 "NOT copy the status file if dpkg or APT have been run in the mean time!!"
7747 msgstr ""
7748
7749 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7750 #: offline.dbk:1
7751 msgid "Using APT and wget"
7752 msgstr ""
7753
7754 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7755 #: offline.dbk:1
7756 msgid ""
7757 "<emphasis>wget</emphasis> is a popular and portable download tool that can "
7758 "run on nearly any machine. Unlike the method above this requires that the "
7759 "Debian machine already has a list of available packages."
7760 msgstr ""
7761
7762 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7763 #: offline.dbk:1
7764 msgid ""
7765 "The basic idea is to create a disc that has only the archive files "
7766 "downloaded from the remote site. This is done by using the --print-uris "
7767 "option to apt-get and then preparing a wget script to actually fetch the "
7768 "packages."
7769 msgstr ""
7770
7771 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7772 #: offline.dbk:1
7773 msgid "Operation"
7774 msgstr ""
7775
7776 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7777 #: offline.dbk:1
7778 msgid ""
7779 "Unlike the previous technique no special configuration files are "
7780 "required. We merely use the standard APT commands to generate the file list."
7781 msgstr ""
7782
7783 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7784 #: offline.dbk:1
7785 #, no-wrap
7786 msgid ""
7787 " # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7788 " [ Press no when prompted, make sure you are happy with the actions ]\n"
7789 " # apt-get -qq --print-uris dist-upgrade &gt; uris\n"
7790 " # awk '{print \"wget -O \" $2 \" \" $1}' &lt; uris &gt; /disc/wget-script\n"
7791 msgstr ""
7792
7793 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7794 #: offline.dbk:1
7795 msgid ""
7796 "Any command other than dist-upgrade could be used here, including "
7797 "dselect-upgrade."
7798 msgstr ""
7799
7800 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7801 #: offline.dbk:1
7802 msgid ""
7803 "The /disc/wget-script file will now contain a list of wget commands to "
7804 "execute in order to fetch the necessary archives. This script should be run "
7805 "with the current directory as the disc's mount point so as to save the "
7806 "output on the disc."
7807 msgstr ""
7808
7809 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7810 #: offline.dbk:1
7811 msgid "The remote machine would do something like"
7812 msgstr ""
7813
7814 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7815 #: offline.dbk:1
7816 #, no-wrap
7817 msgid ""
7818 " # cd /disc\n"
7819 " # sh -x ./wget-script\n"
7820 " [ wait.. ]\n"
7821 msgstr ""
7822
7823 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7824 #: offline.dbk:1
7825 msgid ""
7826 "Once the archives are downloaded and the disc returned to the Debian machine "
7827 "installation can proceed using,"
7828 msgstr ""
7829
7830 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7831 #: offline.dbk:1
7832 #, no-wrap
7833 msgid " # apt-get -o dir::cache::archives=\"/disc/\" dist-upgrade\n"
7834 msgstr ""
7835
7836 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7837 #: offline.dbk:1
7838 msgid "Which will use the already fetched archives on the disc."
7839 msgstr ""